Family 2965+01 IBM z13s Models N10 and N20

IBM Europe Sales Manual
Revised:  May 22, 2018.

Table of contents
TOC Link Product life cycle dates TOC Link Technical description
TOC Link Abstract TOC Link Publications
TOC Link Highlights TOC Link Features
TOC Link Description TOC Link Accessories
TOC Link Product positioning TOC Link Supplies
TOC Link Models  

 
Product life cycle dates
Type Model Announced Available Marketing Withdrawn Service Discontinued
2965-N10 2016/02/162016/03/10 2019/06/30 -
2965-N20 2016/02/162016/03/10 2019/06/30 -

Back to topBack to top
 
Abstract

The IBM z13s and enhanced IBM z13 expand the breadth of the IBM z Systems family.

Market forces are pushing businesses to transform and meet changing industry demands. There is an explosion of digital data that requires management, movement, security, and manipulation, and it is causing strains on IT. Businesses need to take advantage of and gain insight from all that data - in real time. Clients are demanding new services, and if the response isn't immediate, the client may move on. A business must be diligent and forward thinking and IBM can help with the infrastructure needed for the transformation. With both hardware and software, IBM can help you be competitive in the digital world of analytics, mobile, security, and hybrid cloud, helping you get ready for what the future brings.

The IBM z13s is designed to help transform business and tackle tough real-time business challenges. It provides impressive scale in terms of memory, I/O, and processing power in a single frame that can quickly respond to dynamic changes in business growth or fluctuations. The z13s also helps you meet your service level agreements by allowing you to deliver real-time information and insight from data that can give your business the advantage of more timely business decisions. The use of IT to change how you approach your basic core business models, such as by deploying hybrid cloud, analytics, and new appliances, can help maximize revenue while improving the client experience.

The z13s expands the breadth of the IBM z Systems family by delivering a strong range of new smaller-capacity, attractively priced models with significantly more capacity than the zBC12. With up to 4 TB of memory and up to 20 configurable processor units, the z13s will advantage traditional, hybrid, and emerging marketing users. IBM z/OS supports the new processor with significant enhancements to operating system design optimized for scalability, cost savings, advanced compression capabilities, reliability, availability, and serviceability. The new multithreaded processor design benefits Linux application servers, database servers, as well as analytic and cloud workloads running in PR/SM mode under z/VM, under Kernel-based Virtual Machine (KVM) for IBM z Systems, or Linux in LPAR, as well as in IBM Dynamic Partition Manager (DPM) mode under KVM for IBM z Systems or Linux in LPAR. Users may see performance benefits when taking advantage of large shared, virtualized memory without having to change footprint size or energy requirements. New clients may consolidate the footprint and reduce the energy envelope. Taking advantage of large memory can reduce latency and CPU cost, and thus improve operational efficiency - particularly when considering today's analytical, mobile, and hybrid cloud deployments. Delivered with security and availability, the z13s provides enhancements to protect your users, your clients, and your business.

Specialty engines such as the Integrated Facility for Linux (IFL), z Integrated Information Processor (zIIP), Internal Coupling Facility (ICF), or additional System Assist Processors (SAPs) continue to help deliver greater efficiencies and help optimize the capabilities of the platform to support a broad set of applications and workloads, while helping to dramatically improve mainframe economics. The specialty engines can be used independently or can complement each other to optimize workload execution and lower costs.

Built on z Systems core values and strengths, the z13s delivers innovations and technologies to enable real-time digital business. It is designed to handle the explosive growth of increasingly mobile clients and employees, is able to leverage new and vast amounts of data for modern analytics, and can provide deeper real-time insight at the point of impact for greater business outcomes. All of this can be deployed within a secure and resilient hybrid cloud-ready infrastructure.

Today IBM is also making available capabilities for both the z13s and the IBM z13. A z/OS memory-based communications convention can transparently be utilized to optimize communication between LPARs on the server. A appliance framework can be employed for improved consumability and security when deploying new appliances. Updates to KVM for z Systems and a new optional, simplified operations interface allow better skills portability for clients with existing KVM implementations on alternative architectures and have the potential to create new possibilities for delivery of open source tools, databases, and management software to further lower the cost of Linux on z Systems deployments.

z Systems Abstract

The IBM z13s (z13s) is machine type 2965. With improved processor performance, increased capacity, new hybrid computing capabilities, and significant power, space, and cooling benefits, the z13s is a perfect fit for infrastructure simplification and cloud computing. The z13s is a single frame system with a 4.3 GHz processor frequency and increased cache sizes.

Model abstract 2965-N10

The IBM 2965 Model N10 supports 64 to 984 GB of memory, from 1 to 10 processor units (PUs), one Central Processor Complex (CPC) drawer, up to 2GX++ fanouts, and up to 4 PCIe fanouts per CPC drawer. There is a maximum of two drawers for I/O. One I/O drawer (#4000) can be carried forward to accommodate migration. Up to 1 PCIe I/O drawer (#4032) (up to 32 total features) support the following features: Flash Express, zEDC Express, 10GbE RoCE Express, Crypto Express5S, FICON Express16S, FICON Express8S, OSA-Express5S, and OSA-Express4S.

Model abstract 2965-N20

The IBM 2965 Model N20 supports 64 to 4096 GB of memory, from 1 to 20 processor units (PUs), up to two CPC drawers, and up to 4 GX++ fanouts and 8 PCIe fanouts per CPC drawer for a total of up to 8 GX++ fanouts and 16 PCIe fanouts. One I/O drawer (#4000) can be carried forward to accommodate migration. Up to two PCIe I/O drawers (#4032) (up to 64 total features) support the following features: Flash Express, zEDC Express, 10GbE RoCE Express, Crypto Express5S, FICON Express16S, FICON Express8S, OSA-Express5S, and OSA-Express4S.
Back to topBack to top
 

Highlights

The IBM z13s and enhancements to the existing IBM z13.

IBM z13s securely delivers hybrid cloud and mobile capabilities along with cyber security within reach of small and mid-size companies. This extends IBM z Systems leadership with the following:

  • Trusted, secure, and reliable operations for reduced business risk
    • Stronger and faster protection with integrity of data across a hybrid cloud environment with the new Crypto Express5S.
    • Enhanced public key support for constrained digital environments using cryptography for users of applications such as Google Chrome, Mozilla Firefox, and Apple iMessage, enhancing your cyber security.
    • Ability to minimize reformatting of databases with new exploitation of Visa Format Preserving Encryption (FPE) for payment processing.
    • Faster insight into the health of your Linux system with new IBM zAware pattern recognition analytics extended to Linux on z Systems for a step into the cognitive era.
  • Traditional data serving and transactional processing
    • Up to 20 configurable processors (1.5x more than your zBC12) and 40 LPARs (compared to 30 on your zBC12), allowing businesses to scale as needed.
    • With up to 4 TB of memory, the ability to make business decisions at a faster pace and improve response times to your clients. New memory packaging and pricing open up opportunities such as in-memory data marts and in-memory analytics, giving you the necessary room to tune applications for optimal performance.
    • Economies of scale with simultaneous multithreading delivering more throughput for Integrated Facility for Linux (IFL) and z Integrated Information Processor(zIIP)-eligible workloads.
  • Operational efficiency
    • With an enhanced "share all" virtualization environment for both cryptographic and networking features and LPARs, z13s helps businesses improve resource sharing while spending less on hardware capacity.
    • New optional rack-mounted Hardware Management Console, previously unavailable on the zBC12, can help to save space where it is a premium in data centers.
    • Single Instruction Multiple Data (SIMD), a vector processing model providing instruction-level parallelism, can speed workloads such as analytics and mathematical modeling.
  • A design for the z13s and z13 intended to:
    • Optimize internal LPAR to LPAR communications within a CPC transparently, with no changes to applications, using Shared Memory Communications - Direct Memory Access (SMC-D).
    • Improve Time-To-Value with faster deployment and implementation of software solutions delivered as virtual software appliances and firmware appliances with z Appliance Container Infrastructure (zACI).
    • Simplify z Systems hardware and virtual infrastructure management for KVM for IBM z Systems including integrated dynamic I/O management with IBM Dynamic Partition Manager (DPM).
  • Full upgradability to z13s from IBM zEnterprise BC12 and zEnterprise 114, and full upgradability within the z13s family.
  • Full upgradability to z13 from IBM zEnterprise EC12 and zEnterprise 196, and full upgradability within the z13 family.

IBM LinuxONE - In August 2015, IBM Introduced IBM LinuxONE, an all-Linux enterprise platform for open innovation comprising the best of Linux and open technology with the best of enterprise computing in ONE platform. LinuxONE systems are built to be the backbone of the mobile era, setting new standards in transaction volume, speed, resilience, and trust.

IBM LinuxONE includes two products -- named, given the Linux heritage, after penguins: IBM LinuxONE Emperor and IBM LinuxONE Rockhopper. This introduces the latest version of the Rockhopper offering along with enhancements to its most scalable sibling, Emperor.

  • IBM LinuxONE Emperor - a system enabled for enterprise-grade Linux that is robust and trusted for critical workloads, delivers higher performance and throughput at a lower cost per transaction compared to x86 servers, and is integrated with new open capabilities
    • Runs on a 5.0 GHz processor
    • Supports up to 141 customer-configurable LinuxONE cores
    • Delivers I/O and high availability through 667 dedicated cores
    • Supports up to 8,000 production workload capable virtual machines in a single footprint
    • Supports a multilevel cache subsystem and 10 TB memory
    • Delivers massive I/O capability that can suport 30 billion RESTful web interactions a day without fail
    • Delivers up to 2.2x the performance for the same SQL and NoSQL databases running on commodity Linux platforms
  • IBM LinuxONE Rockhopper - an entry point for LinuxONE that embodies the same innovation, value, flexible growth options, industry-leading virtualization, trusted resiliency, secure cloud, enterprise mobility, and operational analytics capabilities as the massively scalable IBM LinuxONE Emperor
    • Runs on a 4.3 GHz processor
    • Supports up to 20 customer-configurable LinuxONE cores
    • Delivers I/O and high availability through 264 dedicated cores
    • Supports from hundreds to over a thousand production workload capable virtual machines in a single footprint
    • Supports a multilevel cache subsystem and 4 TB memory
    • Delivers significant I/O capability for medium-sized enterprises

Back to topBack to top
 
Description

IBM LinuxONE -- Linux Your Way, Linux Without Limits or Risk.

The Linux and open technology momentum is huge and driving an open standards revolution. Linux is everywhere and for good reason. It has evolved from its humble origins as technical experiments, side projects, and niche applications, to being a key part of the enterprise IT toolkit. However, the world is constantly changing. The mobile world and app economy are driving change with unprecedented speed and scope, and creating new requirements and expectations that have to be addressed.

As today's IT landscape is evolving rapidly, technologies such as cloud, analytics, social business, and mobile solutions are at the center of a technology shift that is rapidly driving growth and innovation. This era represents an opportunity for companies of all sizes to reshape the value they deliver; however, cost, complexity, and risk are standing in the way. Performance, availability, and scalability of systems can further hinder the adoption of these technologies.

To run open source software and meet the rocketing demands of exploding data volumes in the mobile era, traditional infrastructures have added thousands of servers to existing data centers, creating burdens of cost, complexity, latency, and vulnerability. The complexity of a server farm can shackle innovation. While open source lets IT professionals build apps quickly, deploying the server infrastructure to make it work can consume valuable time and resources. All in all, the tension between mission-critical open source applications and the systems that run them is reaching a breaking point.

To address these growing challenges, IBM introduces the latest version of the IBM LinuxONE Rockhopper and enhancements to the IBM LinuxONE Emperor.

IBM LinuxONE servers are built to be the backbone of the mobile era, delivering significant processing compute capability and setting new standards in transaction volume, speed, resiliency, and trust. They deliver incredible I/O capacity supporting billions of web transactions a day without fail. LinuxONE servers run all the open source software that modern IT loves on a system that can meet unprecedented demand through virtually limitless scale, with fast subsecond response times, and availability to keep clients' business up and running 24x7. LinuxONE servers offer the ultimate in dependability -- these systems are designed not to fail. With the highest level of security certification for commercial servers in the industry, clients can trust LinuxONE. What does this mean for your business? It means not making your customers wait, being sure your data is protected, and not giving your competitors an edge because your IT solution failed to deliver.

Linux Your Way

A LinuxONE system embraces the best of Linux and open technology, providing the freedom to leverage the skills, tools, and apps you already know and love. You can pick your hypervisor, run time, languages, management, database, and analytics. IBM LinuxONE systems are supported by some of the biggest names out there -- Ubuntu, Red Hat, SUSE, Ruby, Java, Node.js, Chef Docker, Mongo, PostgreSQL, and Spark plus many others. You can use the products you want while leveraging the strengths of enterprise computing.

Moving all workloads to the cloud was the mantra of three years ago. However, many organizations that adopted a largely off-premises model have been reconsidering. Costs can balloon, and performance can result in a poor user experience. Now, a provider can evolve to a new model using LinuxONE as the foundation of an on-premises cloud strategy.

LinuxONE servers are built for performance. Take, for instance, the LinuxONE Emperor, which delivers up to 2.2 times the performance for the same SQL and NoSQL databases running on commodity Linux platforms. IBM has tested the Spark-Perf benchmark suite on LinuxONE Emperor, demonstrating that the platform can process up to 50% more data than distributed systems for model building. Add Apache Spark, and your system can radically simplify the development of innovative, intelligent apps that are fueled by data.

Companies can now tap into Node.js and rapidly develop secure, high-performance web and mobile applications for their customers, partners, and staff, meeting demands for the latest technology without purchasing additional hardware.

LinuxONE is flexible enough to give you the choices to build the infrastructure that is right for you, including additional support for Canonical's Ubuntu alongside current Linux distributors Red Hat and SUSE. The Kernel-based Virtual Machine (KVM) hypervisor joins PR/SM and z/VM. From a language and a runtime standpoint, LinuxONE lets you choose from many of the industry's leading open languages, including Python, Ruby, Java, Node.js, and more.

Open source databases supported for LinuxONE include MongoDB, PostgreSQL, CouchDB, Cassandra, and MariaDB plus others. The system can support the largest single instance of MongoDB with a 1 TB footprint and still run many workloads at the same time. Analytics can be added using Apache Spark, Hadoop, and IBM InfoSphere BigInsights. LinuxONE also embraces Docker, the Linux-based technology for deploying, executing, and managing containers. Another new container technology supported on LinuxONE is IBM's z Appliance Container Infrastructure (zACI) which, along with an appliance installer, enables the secure, agile deployment of firmware and software appliances. The list of supported open source products goes on and will continue to expand. LinuxONE combines the best of open source with a new level of performance to meet the kind of demand generated by twenty-first century customers.

Finally, IBM LinuxONE Elastic Pricing provides LinuxONE clients with a low-risk option to get started and grow with their business. What you pay depends on what you use. Move from cap-ex to op-ex as deployment models change. In addition, SUSE has announced plans to offer elastic pricing for their Linux distribution.

Linux Without Limits or Risk

LinuxONE comes in two varieties -- named, given the Linux heritage, after penguins. At the top end is LinuxONE Emperor. The other version, LinuxONE Rockhopper, is designed to be an entry point into the LinuxONE portfolio.

LinuxONE Emperor enables enterprise-grade Linux that is robust and trusted for critical workloads, delivers higher performance and throughput at a lower cost per transaction than x86 servers, and is integrated with new open capabilities. It is available with up to 141 Linux cores supporting up to 8,000 production workload capable virtual machines in a single footprint. Emperor has one of the industry's fastest commercially available server processors, running at 5 GHz, a multilevel cache subsystem, and 10 TB of memory.

LinuxONE Rockhopper is an entry point into the LinuxONE family and offers all of the same features as Emperor. Rockhopper is available with up to 20 Linux cores, running at 4.3 GHz, supporting hundreds to over a thousand production workload capable virtual machines on a single footprint.

With demand for I/O devices reaching the tens, even hundreds of thousands of I/O devices in enterprise computing environments, I/O bandwidth is incredibly important. The IBM LinuxONE Emperor can leverage up to 667 I/O and assist processors while the IBM LinuxONE Rockhopper can support up to 264 I/O and assist processors to meet enterprise Linux clients' growing I/O and high availability needs. Additional intelligence enables routing around congestion in the I/O framework and routes around error conditions without ever affecting the application.

IBM LinuxONE delivers availability and resiliency to Linux environments by leveraging the capabilities of existing IBM z Systems enterprise computing products.

IBM Resiliency Analytics for LinuxONE (orderable as IBM zAware) is an analytics solution designed to offer near real-time diagnostics to help identify potential problems in the Linux environment. Resiliency Analytics for LinuxONE intelligently examines message logs for potential deviations, inconsistencies, or anomalies. With Resiliency Analytics for LinuxONE, organizations can address IT problems quickly, minimize availability lapses, and intervene in IT problems before they become severe.

The IBM GDPSB. Virtual Appliance delivers high availability and disaster recovery benefits in case of system, application, or network failures to clients running the z/VMB. hypervisor and associated Linux guests on LinuxONE.

IBM Spectrum Scale(tm)for Linux, based on IBM GPFS** technology, is designed to provide high availability through advanced clustering technologies, dynamic file system management, and data replication on LinuxONE. Spectrum Scale can continue to provide data access even when the cluster experiences storage or node malfunctions. Its scalability and performance are designed to meet the needs of data-intensive applications.

IBM DS8884 is a lower cost, space-saving system with advanced, easy-to-use operations and continuous availability for running critical workloads, particularly on LinuxONE Rockhopper servers.

Highlighting the following LinuxONE capabilities:

  • Linux Your Way
    • Embraces the best of Linux and open technology, giving you the freedom to leverage skills, tools, and apps widely embraced by the industry.
    • Enables you to pick your hypervisor, run time, languages, management, database, and analytics.
    • Lets you run all the open source software that modern IT loves -- Ubuntu, Red Hat, SUSE, Ruby, Java, Node.js, Chef, Docker, Mongo, PostgreSQL, Spark, plus many others -- on a system that delivers industry-leading strengths of enterprise computing.
    • Provides a rock-solid foundation for your on-premises cloud strategy.
  • Linux Without Limits
    • Delivers virtualization capabilities that can result in a less complex, more economical and flexible Linux infrastructure compared to x86 servers.
  • Linux Without Risks
    • Delivers high availability through component reliability, redundancy, and features that assist in providing fault avoidance and tolerance while permitting concurrent maintenance and repair.
    • Built on the innovation of IBM Systems' RAIM memory technology that has been responsible for zero visible memory failures in the last 5 years, mitigating a known problem on competitive x86 platforms.
    • Delivers Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) transactions.
    • Supports the dedicated adapter card for crypto acceleration, Crypto Express5S, for secure co-processing and bulk encryption with clear key and protected key support, helping protect sensitive keys from inadvertent disclosure.
    • Supports the cryptography ideal for resource-constrained environments such as mobile phones and smart cards while meeting stringent digital signature requirements with support for PKCS #11 standards. Additional standards for the banking and finance industry, such as ANSI, ISO, and EMV, are also supported.
    • Supports IBM Resiliency Analytics for LinuxONE (orderable as IBM zAware) for near real-time diagnostics to proactively help identify system anomalies and problems faster in the Linux operating environment.
    • Supports the IBM GDPSB. Appliance for clients running z/VM hypervisor and associated Linux guests, delivering multiplatform, high availability, and disaster recovery benefits in case of system, application, or network failure.
    • Supports IBM Spectrum Scale(TM)for Linux based on IBM GPFS** technology for high availability through advanced clustering technologies, dynamic file system management, and data replication.

The z13s is designed to help tackle your toughest real-time business challenges. It provides impressive scale in terms of memory, I/O, and processing power in a single frame that can quickly respond to dynamic changes in business fluctuations. z13s delivers real-time analytics and hybrid cloud capabilities to companies of all sizes.

This extends IBM z Systems leadership with z13s, offering:

  • Exceptional scale in a small footprint with up to 6 CPs for 1.3x the z/OS capacity of a zBC12 and up to 20 IFLs for 2.1x total system capacity compared to the zBC12 which had a maximum of 13 IFLs. This provides an excellent platform for deploying cloud, analytics, and mobile solutions.
  • Economies of scale with simultaneous multithreading delivering more throughput for Linux and zIIP-eligible workloads
  • Enhanced cryptographic and partitioning offerings that can help ensure the real-time protection and integrity of data across an enterprise cloud environment
  • More memory, cache enhancements, and improved I/O bandwidth to serve up more data to support exponential mobile transaction volumes
  • Real-time insights at the point of impact with integrated analytics and transaction processing
  • Data and services that are securely delivered , with minimal risk, on the most reliable platform
  • The flexibility of hybrid cloud deployment
  • Improved performance of complex mathematical models, perfect for analytics processing, with Single Instruction Multiple Data (SIMD)
  • IBM zAware cutting-edge pattern recognition analytics for fast insight into system health extended to Linux on z Systems
  • IBM Integrated Coupling Adapter (ICA SR), which offers greater short-reach coupling connectivity than existing link technologies and enables greater overall coupling connectivity per CPC footprint than prior server generations
  • New rack-mounted Hardware Management Console (HMC) helping to save space in the data center

This also includes enhancements for both z13 and z13s:

  • Simplified appliance implementation with z Appliance Container Infrastructure (zACI)
  • Administrative mode for Linux - IBM Dynamic Partition Manager (DPM)
  • LPAR enhancement to provide group physical capacity limit enforcement
  • LPAR enhancement for dynamic memory management
  • Common Cryptographic Architecture (CCA) enhancements
  • Trusted Key Entry (TKE) 8.1 License Internal Code (LIC)
  • Significant improvements in overall transaction response time for Internet traffic with IBM's next-generation "network-in-a-box" technology called Shared Memory Communications - Direct Memory Access (SMC-D)
  • FCP SAN discovery tool RDP data support
  • OSA-ICC support for Secure Sockets Layer
  • Export / import physical port WWPNs for FCP Channels
  • Improved Channel Subsystem (CSS) scalability
  • Fibre Channel Read Diagnostic Parameter extended link service (ELS) support
  • Investment protection for coupling environments
  • z/OS and z/VM enhancements
  • IBM Wave for zVM enhancements
  • KVM for IBM z Systems enhancements
  • z/VSE Network Appliance for z/VSE systems running in LPAR
  • CICS Transaction Server for z/OS support
  • Hardware Management Console (HMC) enhancements
  • ASHRAE class A3 for robustness, data center flexibility, and energy savings

The performance advantage

IBM Large Systems Performance Reference (LSPR) method is designed to provide comprehensive z/Architecture processor capacity ratios for different configurations of central processors (CPs) across a wide variety of system control programs and workload environments. For IBM z13s (z13s, machine type 2965), the z/Architecture processor capacity indicator is defined with three characters, one alphabetical and two numerical. The alphabetical character corresponds to the "effective" cycle time of the processor, and the numerical characters indicate the number of installed CPs. For example, the 2965-Z06 implies the base cycle time with the maximum of 6 CPs while the 2965-A01 represents the slowest "effective" cycle time with a single CP. In addition to the general information provided for z/OS V2.1, the LSPR also contains performance relationships for z/VM, KVM for IBM z, and Linux on z Systems operating environments. The performance of a z13s (2965) processor is expected to be up to 1.3 times the performance of a zBC12 (2828) based on workload and model. The largest z13s (2965-Z06) is expected to provide up to 1.4 times the z/OS capacity of the largest zBC12 (2828-Z06). The IFL and zIIP processors on the IBM z13s also provide an optional IBM z13s multithreading technology capability; with the multithreading function enabled, the performance capacity of the IFL is expected to be up to 1.6 times the performance capacity of these processors on the zBC12; the performance capacity of the zIIP processors is expected to be up to 1.7 times the performance capacity of these processors on the zBC12. The LSPR contains the Internal Throughput Rate Ratios (ITRRs) for the IBM z13s and the previous-generation zSeries and z Systems processor families based upon measurements and projections using standard IBM benchmarks in a controlled environment. The actual throughput that any user may experience will vary depending upon considerations such as the amount of multiprogramming in the user's job stream, the I/O configuration, and the workload processed. Therefore, no assurance can be given that an individual user will achieve throughput improvements equivalent to the performance ratios stated.

For more detailed performance information, consult the Large Systems Performance Reference (LSPR) available at

http://www.ibm.com/servers/resourcelink/lib03060.nsf/ pages/lsprindex

Simultaneous multithreading (SMT)

Simultaneous multithreading (SMT) allows two active instruction streams per core, each dynamically sharing the core's execution resources. SMT is available on IBM z13 and IBM z13s for workloads running on the Integrated Facility for Linux (IFL) and the IBM z Integrated Information Processor (zIIP). Incremental throughput is achieved partly because the new processor chip offers intelligently implemented 2-way simultaneous multithreading.

Each eligible software operating system or hypervisor has the ability to intelligently drive SMT in a way that is best for its unique requirements. z/OS SMT management consistently drives the cores to high thread density, in an effort to reduce SMT variability and deliver repeatable performance across varying CPU utilization - thus providing more predictable SMT capacity. z/VM SMT management optimizes throughput by spreading a workload over the available cores until it demands the additional SMT capacity.

Linux distributions starting with SLES12 SP1 and RHEL 7.2 include SMT support for customers running Linux in a Partition (LPAR).

z Appliance Container Infrastructure (zACI) is a partition type which, along with an appliance installer, enables the secure deployment of software and firmware appliances. zACI will shorten the deployment and implementation of firmware solutions or software solutions delivered as virtual software appliances. The zACI framework enforces a common set of standards and behaviors, and a new zACI partition mode for a virtual appliance - requiring a new zACI LPAR type. The IBM zAware partition mode has been renamed to zACI, and the IBM zAware firmware will now run in this partition. There are no hardware dependencies. zACI will be delivered as part of the base code on each z13s and z13 (driver level 27).

Administrative mode for Linux - IBM Dynamic Partition Manager (DPM)

An administrative mode is being introduced for Linux only CPCs for z13 and z13s with SCSI storage attached via FCP channels. IBM Dynamic Partition Manager (DPM) provides simplified z Systems hardware and virtual infrastructure management including integrated dynamic I/O management for users who intend to run KVM for IBM z Systems as hypervisor or Linux on z Systems running in a partition (LPAR). The new mode, DPM, provides simplified, consumable, and enhanced partition lifecycle and dynamic I/O management capabilities via the Hardware Management Console (HMC) to:

  • Create and provision an environment - Creation of new partitions, assignment of processors and memory, and configuration of I/O adapters (network, FCP storage, crypto, and accelerators)
  • Manage the environment - Modification of system resources without disrupting running workloads
  • Monitor and troubleshoot the environment - Source identification of system failures, conditions, states, or events that may lead to workload degradation

A CPC can be configured in either the Dynamic Partition Manager mode or PR/SM mode. The mode is enabled prior to the CPC power-on reset (POR). Dynamic Partition Manager mode requires two OSA-Express 1000BASE-T Ethernet features for primary and backup connectivity (OSA-Express5S 1000BASE-T Ethernet #0417), along with associated cabling (HW for DPM #0016).

Dynamic Partition Manager (DPM) supports Linux running in a partition (LPAR) as well as the KVM for IBM z Systems hypervisor. DPM initially does not support the z/VM hypervisor.

Next-generation availability

The IBM z13s continues the drive for continuous reliable operation provided by its predecessors with the following Reliability, Availability, and Serviceability (RAS) improvements:

  • Improved soft error resilience in the processor cores
  • Lane shadowing, hardware buffer retry, and independent channel recovery, which are designed to improve the DIMM interface
  • Continued use of RAIM in the main memory to protect DRAM
  • Improved robustness in the level 3 and level 4 cache
  • Improved FRU isolation with the addition of integrated time domain reflectometry logic to chip interfaces
  • Enhanced integrated sparing designed to reduce the complexity and number of repair actions

Flash Express is designed to help improve availability and handling of paging workload spikes when running z/OS V1.13 with the z/OS V1.13 RSM Enablement Offering web deliverable, and this function is integrated in z/OS V2.1 and later releases. With this support, z/OS is designed to help improve system availability and responsiveness by using Flash Express across transitional workload events such as market openings, and diagnostic data collection. z/OS is also designed to help improve processor performance by supporting middleware exploitation of pageable large (1 MB) pages. Flash Express can also be used in Coupling Facility images to provide extended capacity and availability for workloads making use of Websphere MQ Shared Queues structures, as previously announced for zEC12. Using Flash Express can help availability by reducing latency from paging delays that can occur at the start of the workday or during other transitional periods. It is also designed to help eliminate delays that can occur when collecting diagnostic data during failures. Flash Express can therefore help organizations meet their most demanding service level agreements, enabling them to compete more effectively. Flash Express is designed to be easy to configure, and to provide rapid time to value.

On IBM z13 and IBM z13s, Flash Express performance is transparently improved with the addition of a standard cache. With this cache, clients may realize performance gains without consuming additional user memory.

IBM zAware: With IBM zEnterprise zEC12 and zBC12, IBM introduced a new technology, IBM zAware, based on machine learning developed by IBM Research.

The new version of IBM zAware introduces a new generation of technology with improved analytics to provide better results. The previous version of IBM zAware required message streams with well-formed message IDs; now IBM zAware can process message streams that do not have message IDs. This opens up new possibilities going forward with the ability to handle a broader variety of unstructured data.

IBM zAware delivered on IBM z13 and IBM z13s builds on previous IBM zAware function with:

  • Support for Linux on z Systems message log analysis
  • Support for native or guest Linux on z Systems images
  • The ability to process message streams with no message IDs
  • The ability to group multiple systems that have similar operational characteristics for modeling and analysis
    • Recognition of dynamic activation and deactivation of a Linux image into a group, and appropriate modeling and analysis.
    • Aggregated sysplex view for z/OS and system views.
    • User-defined grouping. For Linux on IBM z Systems, the user can group multiple systems' data into a combined model: by workload (one for all web servers, one for all databases, and so on); by "solution" (for instance, one model for your cloud); or by VM host.
  • A heat map display that provides a consolidated/aggregated/higher level view with the ability to drill down to detail views
  • Improved usability and GUI functional enhancements addressing many customer requirements
    • Enhanced filtering and visualization, with better use of GUI real estate
    • Improved UI navigation
    • Display of local time in addition to UTC time
    • Enhancements based on IBM One UI guidelines
  • Enhanced analytics
  • A more robust data store
  • Expanded browser support with Mozilla Firefox 31 and Microsoft Internet Explorer 9, 10, and 11

IBM zAware is designed to use near real-time continuous learning algorithms, providing a diagnostic capability intended to help clients quickly pinpoint problems, which, in turn, can lead to better availability and a more efficient system. IBM zAware uses analytics to intelligently examine z/OS or Linux on z Systems messages to find unusual patterns, inconsistencies, and variations. Large operating system environments can sometimes generate more than 25 million messages per day. This can make manual analysis time-consuming and error-prone when exceptional problems occur. IBM zAware provides a simple graphical user interface (GUI) and APIs to help clients find message anomalies quickly, which can help speed problem resolution when seconds count.

LPAR enhancement to provide group physical capacity limit enforcement

Processor Resource/Systems Manager(TM)(PR/SM(TM)) and the Hardware Management tool have been enhanced to support an option to limit the amount of physical processor capacity consumed by a group of logical partitions (LPARs) when a processor unit (PU) is defined as a general purpose processor (CP) or an Integrated Facility for Linux (IFL) shared across a set of LPARs.

This enhancement is designed to provide a group physical capacity limit enforced as an absolute (versus relative) limit; it is not affected by changes to the logical or physical configuration of the system. This group physical capacity limit can be specified in units of CPs or IFLs. The "Change LPAR Group Controls" and "Customize Group Profiles" tasks on the Hardware Management Console have been enhanced in support of this new function. Refer to the Hardware requirements and Software requirements sections of the IBM z Systems Hardware Management Console Web Services API (Version 2.13.1), SC27-2634 publication.

This is supported in both PR/SM mode and IBM Dynamic Partition Manager (DPM) mode.

LPAR enhancement for dynamic memory management

Processor Resource/Systems Manager(TM)(PR/SM(TM)) has been enhanced to support more flexibility as to how additional physical memory is dynamically added to a logical partition. Rather than attempting to fully populate a logical partition's reserved storage element when it is initially configured online, the OS in the partition can request a single storage increment be attached (and subsequently can request additional increments if desired). This allows a more gradual, flexible addition of memory to the partition as needed over time.

This is supported in both PR/SM mode and IBM Dynamic Partition Manager (DPM) mode.

Common Criteria Evaluation Assurance Level 5+ (EAL 5+) certification

The IBM z13s is designed for Common Criteria Evaluation Assurance Level 5+ (EAL 5+) certification for security of logical partitions running in PR/SM mode. This means that the IBM z13s is designed to prevent an application running on one operating system image on one LPAR from accessing application data running on a different operating system image on another LPAR on the server. This certification is not supported in IBM Dynamic Partition Manager (DPM) mode.

Common Cryptographic Architecture (CCA) enhancements

Visa Data Secure Platform (DSP)* - Point to Point Encryption (P2PE)

With the z13, IBM introduced HSM support for Visa Data Secure Platform P2PE. Visa Data Secure Platform is a suite of products designed to help merchants prevent sensitive account holder data from being compromised. The z13 support included CCA-based callable services which support Visa's Standard Encryption method and the Visa Format Preserving Encryption method. This support relies on the Crypto Express5S coprocessor. The IBM z13 and IBM z13s will extend the Visa DSP support by adding a callable service that translates PIN blocks whose primary account number information has been encrypted using Visa DSP P2PE with static TDES or DUKPT keys. Support is provided for ISO-0 and ISO-3 PIN blocks.

Secure AES GCM encryption mode

Galois Counter Mode (GCM) is an authenticated encryption algorithm designed to provide both data authenticity (integrity) and confidentiality in a single operation. The algorithm can also serve as a stand-alone MAC function. With the Crypto Express5S and IBM z13 or IBM z13s, CCA will add this encryption mode support to the existing Symmetric Algorithm Encipher (CSNBSAE) and Symmetric Algorithm Decipher (CSNBSAD) callable services. Previously AES GCM was supported with clear keys through ICSF. This feature will provide a secure key option.

Interoperable ECC key derivation algorithm

The EC_Diffie-Hellman callable service is used to establish symmetric keys using a pair of ECC keys using the Elliptic Curve Diffie-Hellman (ECDH) protocol. The Crypto Express5 Coprocessor is planned to be enhanced to add an additional key derivation scheme that allows the establishment of keys with non-CCA entities, without compromising security.

The EC_Diffie-Hellman callable service creates a shared symmetric key with a pair of ECC (Elliptic Curve Cryptography) keys using the ECDH (Elliptic Curve Diffie-Hellman) protocol and the ANSX9.63 protocol static unified model key-agreement scheme. The Crypto Express5 Coprocessor is enhanced with an additional key derivation scheme that allows the establishment of keys with non-CCA entities, without compromising security.

Addition of Key Check Value algorithm

The Key Test2 callable service generates or verifies the value of a clear or encrypted key or key part contained in an external or internal variable-length symmetric key-token, or a DES key or key part wrapped in an external TR-31 key block. With the Crypto Express5, CCA plans to support a CMAC-based Key Check Value algorithm for use with AES and TDES keys.

The following CCA enhancements were introduced with the IBM z13 and are now available on the IBM z13s.

Visa Format Preserving Encryption (VFPE)

Support for Visa Format Preserving Encryption (VFPE) algorithms in CCA-based callable services. This support relies on the Crypto Express5S coprocessor. Format Preserving Encryption (FPE) refers to a method of encrypting data such that the resulting cipher-text has the same format and length as the input-clear text. This helps allow legacy databases to contain encrypted data of sensitive fields without having to restructure the database or applications. Supported are functions for the Visa Data Secure Platform (Visa DSP) with Point to Point Encryption technology. Three Visa DSP-related callable services are added to the CCA API. In addition to VFPE, support for the Visa DSP standard TDES encryption method is also available. A contract with Visa, Inc. is required to use this capability. VISA is a registered trademark of Visa, Inc.

Greater than 16 domain support

Support to allow a cryptographic coprocessor to be shared across more than 16 domains, up to the maximum number of LPARs on the system. This support relies on enhanced firmware available with a minimum microcode level for the Crypto Express5S coprocessors. With the adjunct processor (AP) extended addressing (APXA) facility installed, the z Systems crypto architecture can support greater than 16 domains in an AP. Customers will have the flexibility of mapping individual LPARs to unique crypto domains or continuing to share crypto domains across LPARs.

Trusted Key Entry (TKE) 8.1 Licensed Internal Code (LIC)

The following functions are supported in the TKE 8.1 LIC:

  • Domain cloning is planned to support a Configuration Migration Tasks application that gives administrators the ability to collect settings from one domain and apply the settings to any set of new domains. This feature significantly simplifies the process and reduces the time it takes to deploy new domains on a Host Crypto Module.
  • Launch coordinated master key role from the TKE is planned to provide the ability to set master keys from the TKE in a way that the Key Data Sets (KDSs) are encrypted under the new master key. IBM plans to provide the ability to invoke the ICSF coordinated master key role function and now allow clients to do all master key management from the TKE.
  • Guided create features for roles and authority indexes are intended to provide new guided create functions for both Roles and Authorities tabs for Host Cryptographic Modules. This support steps the client through the process of creating these items and greatly clarifies and simplifies the creation process.
  • Two new Certificate Authority wizards are intended to take administrators through the process of creating all the smart cards used in a TKE zone and also take administrators through the process of creating all the smart cards needed for the Configuration Migrations Task wizards.
  • Display Crypto Module Settings, a new TKE feature, enables you to create a report that shows the current configuration of a Host Cryptographic Module.
  • HMAC key will enable TKE to support generation and loading of HMAC operational keys. This support will be limited to keys that are 16, 24, and 32 bytes in length.
  • Save/Restore Customized Data feature will provide TKE with a new Privileged Mode Access ADMIN task that allows the client to save and restore client data on the TKE. This feature can be used to move client data from one TKE workstation to another or to restore client data on a TKE.
  • Password Protect Console will support the ability to password protect the TKE console. By default, the TKE console is not password protected.The Password Protect Console application is available only when you are signed on in Privileged Mode Access with the ADMIN user ID. This feature provides increased security for your TKE workstation.
  • Binary Key Part File utility will provide the ability to copy key material from a binary file and place it on a smart card. This provides a simplified and faster process compared to using secure key load from the smart card PIN pad.
  • ACP Usage Information utility allows you to track which Domain Controls (Access Control Points) were actually "checked" within a domain. If tracking is activated and an authority check is done for an ACP, the "checked" indicator is turned on. This indicator stays on until the tracking data is cleared. The TKE is used to activate, deactivate, and clear the tracking data. In addition, TKE provides a feature for displaying the tracking information for each domain.
  • Require Enhanced Host Password protection will support the strongest possible encryption. When using HCR 77B0 or later with TKE 8.0 or later, the strongest possible encryption is used to protect the host password. The TKE uses the best encryption available for protecting the host sign-on password. However, with a TKE 8.1 enhancement, you can configure the TKE so that it will allow a sign-on only to a system that uses the strongest encryption. IBM recommends that you install HCR 77B0 or later and configure the TKE to allow the sign-on only to systems that support the strongest host password protection.
  • Operational Key Option on Domain Groups lets users specify where key commands are sent. Currently, when an operation key command is run from inside a domain group, the command is sent only to the master domain. IBM plans to add support to the domain group to add an attribute that indicates if operational key commands are to be sent to the master domain or all the domains in the group. The new group attribute value can be managed from the Create or Change Group features.

TKE 1U workstation The Trusted Key Entry (TKE) introduces a new 1U workstation that is a rack-mounted system. It is a combination of hardware and software, network-connected to one or more servers, and designed to provide a secure, flexible method for master and operational key entry as well as local and remote management of the cryptographic coprocessor features (Crypto Express5S when defined as a coprocessor). It provides the same functionality as the TKE workstation but as a rack-mounted server. If the Trusted Key Entry 1U workstation is required on an IBM z13 or IBM z13s, then the TKE workstation with TKE 8.1 LIC feature (#0878) must be used. TKE workstations with TKE 8.1 LIC can also be used to control zEC12, zBC12, z196, and z114 servers.

Trusted Key Entry (TKE) 8.0 Licensed Internal Code (LIC)

The following functions were delivered with the TKE 8.0 level of LIC and are included in the base of TKE 8.1.

Crypto Express5S coprocessor support: TKE 8.0 is required for managing Crypto Express5S cryptographic coprocessors and manages them through the same Crypto Module notebook functions as previous generations of cryptographic modules. The configuration migration tasks feature of the TKE is enhanced to also support the Crypto Express5S coprocessor. You can use TKE 8.0 to collect data from previous generations of cryptographic modules and apply the data to Crypto Express5S coprocessors.

FIPS Certified Smart Card: Media for the FIPS Certified Smart Cardis now included in the smart card reader and additional smart cards optional features. The new smart card media part number is 00JA710.

Crypto coprocessors with more than 16 domains: TKE 8.0 allows the management of domains beyond the current limit of 16. This support will require the latest levels of code on the IBM z13 or IBM z13s to allow more than 16 domains on the Crypto Express5S. This support is available only with z13 or z13s.

Full function migration wizard for EP11: The full function migration wizard is designed to provide the ability to quickly and accurately collect and apply data to the Crypto Express features configured as EP11 coprocessors. This wizard previously supported CCA, however Crypto Module Group support has been removed: Crypto Module Groups are no longer supported on TKE 8.0. All group management must now be done from a Domain Group.

New master key management functions: TKE 8.0 supports two new master key management functions that are available when managing any type of master key:

  1. Generate a set of master key parts wizard-like feature which allows you to create a new key part for each of the different types of master keys.

  2. Load all new master keys wizard-like feature which allows you to load a new key for each of the different types of master keys.

Smart Card Readers Available indicator: TKE 8.0 displays a window title that will include information if the smart card readers are available if the application or utility has access to smart card readers.

Configure Displayed Hash Size utility: TKE 8.0 supports a configuration to allow the administrator to set the display length of certain hash values displayed on the TKE workstation. Hash types that can be affected by this function are: MDC-4, SHA-1, AES-VP, and ENC-ZERO. The Configure Display Hash Size utility is available only when you have signed on with the Privileged Mode Access user ID of ADMIN.

ECC Authority Signature Keys: TKE 8.0 allows a user to select a key strength of 320-bit ECC key when creating an Authority Signature Key that is to be assigned to an Authority Index on a Crypto Express5S coprocessor. This option is available only when you are creating an Authority Signature Key from inside a Crypto Module Notebook of a Crypto Express5S.

Print capability: TKE 8.0 has limited print support. The Configure Printers utility allows the administrator to add printers to the TKE. The only printers allowed to be added are printers that have device drivers on the TKE including the GUTENPRINT and HPLIP device driver packages. You will not be able to load your own device drivers.

Features in the Crypto Node Management (CNM) utility: The TKE Workstation Setup utility allows you to load and save user roles and profiles. The CNM utility now has stand-alone launch points for these two tasks in the Access Control pull-down menu.

ENC-Zero verification pattern for 24-byte DES operational keys: TKE 8.0 supports an ENC-Zero verification pattern that is computed and displayed with 24-byte DES operational keys.

Usability enhancements: TKE 8.0 has many usability enhancements including the ability for users to select a check box that will allow them to change their passphrase on the logon screen for a passphrase profile. Additionally, users can now select multiple items in the Hosts container, Crypto Module Groups container, or Domain Groups container of the main window of the TKE application. If more than one item is selected, you can delete all of the definitions or close all of the hosts or groups at once.

Shared Memory Communications - Direct Memory Access (SMC-D)

IBM's latest networking innovation for the z13 family of processors is new support for fast, low-latency LPAR-to-LPAR TCP/IP traffic using the Shared Memory Communications-Direct Memory Access (SMC-D) software protocol over firmware-provided Internal Shared Memory (ISM) devices. Supported by z/OS Version 2.2 and z/VM V6.3 for z/OS guest exploitation, SMC-D and ISM are designed to use shared memory areas to provide low-latency, high-bandwidth, cross-LPAR connections for applications. This support is intended to provide application-transparent DMA communications to TCP endpoints for sockets-based connections. SMC-D is expected to provide substantial performance, throughput, response time, and CPU consumption benefits compared to standard TCP/IP communications over HiperSockets. In IBM laboratory testing, SMC-D was shown to offer up to a 91% improvement in throughput and up to a 48% improvement in response time compared to HiperSockets for interactive workloads, with most tests showing more than a 47% decrease in CPU time.(1) In the same laboratory testing streaming (bulk data transfer) workloads realized up to a 789% throughput improvement along with a 90% decrease in response time and more than a 88% decrease in CPU consumption time. For more information about software support, see the Software Requirements section.

Note: (1) Performance improvements are based on internal IBM laboratory tests. Your results will vary.

FCP SAN discovery tool RDP data support

The FCP SAN Explorer function on the HMC has been enhanced with additional functions to facilitate SAN configuration setting and debugging. This facility can now display the name of the active fabric zone set, a list of zones an initiator is a member of, and enhanced diagnostic data for the initiator and target fabric links.

OSA-ICC support for Secure Sockets Layer

The Open Systems Adapter, when configured as an integrated console controller CHPID type (OSC) on the z13 family of processors, will now support the configuration and enablement of secure connections using the Transport Layer Security (TLS) protocol versions 1.0, 1.1, and 1.2. Server-side authentication is supported using either a self-signed certificate or customer-supplied certificate which may be signed by a customer-specified Certificate Authority. The certificates used must have an RSA key length of 2048 bits, and must be signed using SHA-256. This support will negotiate a cipher suite of AES-128 for the session key.

FICON Express16S - the next generation for FICON, zHPF, and FCP

IBM has released a new I/O infrastructure, introduced first on IBM z13 and now available on IBM z13s. This infrastructure will strengthen the synergy between IBM DS8880 storage and IBM z Systems servers, delivering improved, predictable, and repeatable performance, and enhanced resiliency for mission-critical environments.

With the introduction of FICON Express16S on the IBM z13s, you now have additional growth opportunities for your storage area network (SAN). FICON Express16S supports a link data rate of 16 gigabits per second (Gbps) and auto-negotiation to 4 or 8 Gbps for synergy with existing switches, directors, and storage devices. With support for native FICON, High Performance FICON for z Systems (zHPF), and Fibre Channel Protocol (FCP), the IBM z13s server enables you to position your SAN for even higher performance -- helping you to prepare for an end-to-end 16 Gbps infrastructure to meet the lower latency and increased bandwidth demands of your applications.

The FICON Express16S channel will work with your existing fiber optic cabling environment, both single-mode and multimode optical cables. The FICON Express16S feature running at end-to-end 16 Gbps link speeds will provide reduced latency for large read/write operations and increased bandwidth compared to the FICON Express8S feature.

Increased performance for the zHPF protocol: In laboratory measurements using FICON Express16S in an IBM z13s with the zHPF protocol and small data transfer I/O operations, FICON Express16S operating at 16 Gbps achieved a maximum of 98,000 IOs/sec. In laboratory measurements using FICON Express16S in an IBM z13s with the zHPF protocol and a mix of large sequential read and write data transfer I/O operations, FICON Express16S operating at 16 Gbps achieved a maximum throughput of 2600 MB/sec (reads + writes) compared to a maximum of 1600 MB/sec (reads + writes) achieved with FICON Express8S operating at 8 Gbps. This represents an approximately 63% increase. This performance data was measured in a controlled environment running an I/O driver program under z/OS. The actual throughput or performance that any user will experience will vary depending upon considerations such as the amount of multiprogramming in the user's job stream, the I/O configuration, the storage configuration, and the workload processed.

Increased performance for the FCP protocol: A FICON Express16S feature, when defined as CHPID type FCP, conforms to the Fibre Channel Protocol (FCP) standard to support attachment of SCSI devices, to complement the classical storage attachment supported by FICON and zHPF channels.

In laboratory measurements using FICON Express16S in an IBM z13s with the FCP protocol for small data transfer I/O operations, FICON Express16S operating at 16 Gbps achieved a maximum of 110,000 IOs/sec compared to the maximum of 92,000 IOs/sec achieved with FICON Express8S operating at 8 Gbps.

In laboratory measurements using FICON Express16S in an IBM z13 with the FCP protocol and FICON Express16S operating at 16 Gbps, FICON Express16S achieved a maximum throughput of 2560 MB/sec (reads + writes) compared to the maximum of 1600 MB/sec (reads + writes) achieved with FICON Express8S operating at 8 Gbps. This represents approximately a 60% increase. The actual throughput or performance that any user will experience will vary depending upon considerations such as the amount of multiprogramming in the user's job stream, the I/O configuration, the storage configuration, and the workload processed.

With the introduction of the FICON Express16S in an IBM z13s operating using the FCP protocol, several recommended and allowable operating characteristic values have increased, which will enable additional workload consolidation. Specifically, the recommended maximum number of NPIV hosts defined to any single physical FCP channel has increased from 32 to 64, the allowable maximum number of remote N_Ports a single physical channel can communicate with has increased from 512 to 1024, and the maximum number of LUNs addressable by a single physical channel has increased from 4096 to 8192. In support of these increases, the FCP channels have also been designed to now support 1528 concurrent I/O operations, an increase from the prior generation FCP channel limit of 764.

The FCP protocol is supported by z/VM, z/VSE, and Linux on IBM z Systems. Refer to the Software requirements section.

16Gb FICON and FC host adapters on IBM DS8880: Improve SAN performance and resiliency with faster 16Gb Fibre Channel and FICON host adapters on DS8880. For DB2 log writes, these new host adapters will help to improve the efficiency of the 16 Gbps zHPF and heritage FICON to reduce large log write latency, resulting in DB2 transactional latency improvements for applications and middleware, including SAP. For managed file transfer with Connect Direct these new host adapters can help to reduce elapsed times. In addition, I/O-bound batch jobs will see improved lapsed times.

FCP SAN Explorer: A new function is available on the HMC through the Problem Determination panels that provides a centralized view of SAN facilities available to an FCP channel. The tool facilitates configuration setting and debugging without requiring an operating system to be running. It does require the IBM z13 or IBM z13s to have completed an Initial Machine Load (IML) and the partitions of interest to be activated. The tool can also operate concurrently with customer I/O workloads in a nondisruptive manner. It provides an operator with a layered view of the SAN environment. Specifically, device numbers (hosts) assigned to a partition, the fabric zone members available to the host, the remote end port error statistics, the accessible logical unit numbers (LUNs), and basic LUN configuration information can be queried and displayed using this tool. This data can also optionally be exported in CSV format.

Cleaning discipline for FICON Express16S fiber optic cabling

With the introduction of 16 Gbps link data rates, it is even more critical to ensure your fiber optic cabling infrastructure performs as expected. With proper fiber optic cleaning and maintenance, you can be assured that the "data gets through." With 16 Gbps link data rates over multimode fiber optic cabling, link loss budgets and distances are reduced. Single-mode fiber optic cabling is more "reflection sensitive." With high link data rates and single-mode fiber optic cabling there is also less margin for error. The cabling is no longer scratch-tolerant and contaminants such as dust and oil can present a problem. To keep the data flowing, proper handling of fiber trunks and jumper cables is critical as well as thorough cleaning of fiber optic connectors. Work with your data center personnel or IBM personnel to ensure you have fiber optic cleaning procedures in place.

Enabling the transition to FICON Express16S with Forward Error Correction (FEC)

Even with proper fiber optic cable cleaning discipline, errors can still occur on 16 Gbps links. FEC is a technique used for controlling errors in data transmission over unreliable or noisy communication channels. FICON Express16S channels running at 16 Gbps can take advantage of Forward Error Correction capabilities when connected to devices that support FEC. FEC allows FICON Express16S channels to operate at higher speeds, over longer distances, with reduced power and higher throughput, while retaining the same reliability and robustness that FICON channels have traditionally been known for. Clients should see fewer I/O errors, thus easing the transition to 16 Gbps links and reducing potential impact to production workloads caused by I/O errors.

Forward Error Correction Codes support on 16Gbps adapters on IBM DS8880:

For Peer to Peer Remote Copies, FEC helps to preserve data reliability. This enhancement is designed to provide the equivalent reliability improvement as doubling the optical signal strength.

FICON Dynamic Routing

With the IBM z13 and IBM z13s servers, FICON channels are no longer restricted to the use of static storage area network (SAN) routing policies for inter-switch links (ISLs) for cascaded FICON Directors. The z Systems feature that supports dynamic routing in the SAN is called FICON Dynamic Routing (FIDR). It is designed to support the dynamic routing policies provided by the FICON Director manufacturers, for example, Brocade's Exchange Based Routing (EBR) and Cisco's Open Exchange ID Routing (OxID). Check with the switch provider for their support statement.

FICON Dynamic Routing can help clients reduce costs by having the ability to share SANs between their FICON and FCP traffic, improve performance due to SAN dynamic routing policies that better exploit all the available ISL bandwidth through higher utilization of the ISLs, and simplify management of their SAN fabrics due to routing policies assigning different ISL routes with each power-on reset, which makes the SAN fabric performance difficult to predict. Clients will need to ensure that all devices in their FICON SAN support FICON Dynamic Routing before they implement this feature.

FICON Dynamic Routing on IBM DS8880 enables clients to use SAN dynamic routing policies across cascaded FICON Directors to simplify configuration and capacity planning, and to provide persistent and repeatable performance and higher resiliency. In Peer to Peer Remote Copy configurations, sharing of switches is simplified and hardware costs can be reduced by allowing FICON and FCP to share the same switch infrastructure. IBM's Metro Mirror technology uses FCP as the transport.

Improved High Performance FICON for z Systems (zHPF) I/O execution at distance

High Performance FICON for z Systems (zHPF) has been enhanced to allow all large write operations (> 64 KB) at distances up to 100 km to be executed in a single round trip to the control unit, thereby not elongating the I/O service time for these write operations at extended distances.

zHPF Extended Distance II on IBM DS8880: zHPF Extended Distance II allows customers to achieve service level agreements after a disaster or when a storage control unit failure causes a HyperSwap event. This capability is required especially for GDPS HyperSwap configurations where the secondary DASD subsystem is in another site. For multisite configurations, the zHPF Extended Distance II feature can help to reduce the impact of distance on I/O response times, increasing remote data transfer with better performance when writing data remotely (remote site recovery).

Export / import physical port WWPNs for FCP channels

z Systems automatically assigns worldwide port names (WWPNs) to the physical ports of an FCP channel based upon the Physical Channel ID (PCHID), and this WWPN assignment changes when an FCP channel is moved to a different physical slot position. z13 and z13s will now allow for the modification of these default assignments, allowing FCP channels to keep previously assigned WWPNs, even after being moved to a different slot position. This capability can eliminate the need for reconfiguration of the SAN in many situations, and is especially helpful on a system upgrade.

Improved channel subsystem (CSS) scalability

The IBM z13s server has improved the channel subsystem (CSS) scalability with support for three logical channel subsystems (LCSSs) which are required to support the forty LPARs for IBM z13s, three subchannel sets (to support more devices per logical channel subsystem), and 32K devices per FICON channel up from 24K channels in the previous generation. Additionally, a third subchannel set for each logical channel subsystem (LCSS) is provided to facilitate elimination of single points of failure for storage after a disk failure by simplifying the exploitation of IBM's DS8880 Multi-target Metro Mirror storage replication with TPC-R HyperSwap.

Refer to the Software requirements section.

Fibre Channel Read Diagnostic Parameter extended link service (ELS) support

An extended link service (ELS) command called Read Diagnostic Parameter (RDP) has been added to the Fibre Channel T11 standard to allow z Systems to obtain additional diagnostic data from the Small Form Factor Pluggable (SFP) optics located throughout the storage area network (SAN) fabric. The ultimate goal of the RDP will be to improve the accuracy of identifying a failed or failing component without unnecessarily replacing additional components in the SAN fabric (FICON cards, optics, cables, and so on).

z Systems FICON and FCP channels and the IOP code will provide a means to read this additional diagnostic data for all the ports accessed in the I/O configuration and make the data available to a z Systems partition. For z/OS clients utilizing FICON channels, z/OS will display the data with a new message and display command. For Linux on z Systems, z/VM, z/VSE, and KVM for IBM z clients utilizing FCP channels, this diagnostic data will be available in a new panel in the SAN Explorer tool.

The initial RDP support will be for data collection and display only. In the future, IBM intends to investigate the possibility of doing analysis on this collected data.

Investment protection for coupling environments

Access to a Parallel Sysplex environment

Parallel Sysplex is a synergy between hardware and software - a highly advanced technology for clustering designed to enable the aggregate capacity of multiple z/OS systems to be applied against common workloads. z/OS combined with IBM z13, z13s, zEC12, zBC12, z196, and z114 servers, Coupling Facilities, Server Time Protocol (STP), and coupling links (ICA SR, InfiniBand) allows you to harness the power of multiple systems as though they were a single logical computing system.

Coupling links provide a path to transmit and receive Coupling Facility (CF) data as well as Server Time Protocol (STP) timekeeping messages. The CF data may be exchanged between z/OS and the CF or between CFs.

The IBM Integrated Coupling Adapter (ICA SR), introduced on the IBM z13 and now available on the IBM z13s, is a two-port, short-distance coupling fanout that utilizes a new coupling channel type: CS5. The ICA SR utilizes PCIe Gen3 technology, with x16 lanes that are bifurcated into x8 lanes for coupling. The ICA SR is designed to drive distances up to 150 m and support a link data rate of 8 GBps. It is also designed to support up to 4 CHPIDs per port and 7 subchannels (devices) per CHPID.

ICA SR for IBM z13: The maximum number of ICA SR fanout features for IBM z13 is increased to 20 per system. The ICA SR fanout resides in the PCIe I/O fanout slot on the IBM z13 CPC drawer, which supports 10 PCIe I/O slots. Up to 10 ICA SR fanouts and up to 20 ICA SR ports are supported on an IBM z13 CPC drawer, enabling greater connectivity for short-distance coupling on a single processor node compared to prior generations.

ICA SR for IBM z13s: The maximum number of ICA SR fanout features for IBM z13s is limited to 8 per system. The ICA SR fanout resides in the PCIe I/O fanout slot on the IBM z13s CPC drawer, which supports 8 PCIe I/O slots. Up to 8 ICA SR fanouts and up to 16 ICA SR ports are supported on an IBM z13s CPC drawer, enabling greater connectivity for short-distance coupling on a single processor node compared to prior generations.

The ICA SR can be used for coupling connectivity only between IBM z13 or IBM z13s servers, and the ICA SR can connect only to another ICA SR. IBM recommends that you order ICA SR (#0172) on the IBM z13 or IBM z13s processors used in a Parallel Sysplex to help ensure coupling connectivity with future processor generations.

The ICA SR fanout requires new cabling. For distances up to 100 m, clients can choose the OM3 fiber type. For distances up to 150 m, clients must choose the OM4 fiber type. Refer to IBM z Systems Planning for Fiber Optic Links (FICON/FCP, Coupling Links, and Open System Adapters), GA23-1407, and to IBM z Systems Maintenance for Fiber Optic Links (FICON/FCP, Coupling Links, and Open System Adapters), SY27-7694, which can be found in the Library section of Resource Link at

http://www.ibm.com/servers/resourcelink/svc03100.nsf? OpenDatabase

Refer to the Software requirements section.

InfiniBand coupling links are high-speed links, up to 6 GBps for 12x InfiniBand and up to 5 Gbps for 1x InfiniBand:

  • 12x InfiniBand can be used for short distances - up to 150 meters (492 feet). 12x IFB links support up to 7 subchannels (devices) per CHPID.
  • 1x InfiniBand are used for longer distances - up to 10 km (6.2 miles) unrepeated. 1x IFB links support up to 32 subchannels (devices) per CHPID.

HCA3-O fanout for 12x InfiniBand: 12x InfiniBand coupling links utilize the Host Channel Adapter 3 optical (HCA3-O) fanout. The HCA3-O fanout has two ports/links and is compatible with the HCA2-O fanout on zEC12, zBC12, z196, or z114 machines. HCA2-O is not supported on IBM z13 or IBM z13s.

HCA3-O LR fanout for 1x InfiniBand: 1x InfiniBand coupling links utilize the Host Channel Adapter 3 optical long reach (HCA3-O LR) fanout. The HCA3-O LR fanout has four ports/links and is compatible with the HCA2-O LR fanout on zEC12, zBC12, z196, or z114 machines, which has two ports/links. HCA2-O LR is not supported on IBM z13 or IBM z13s.

Two protocols - 12x IFB and 12x IFB3 - for 12x InfiniBand coupling links:

  • 12x IFB3 protocol: When HCA3-Os are communicating with HCA3-Os and have been defined with four or fewer CHPIDs per port, the 12x IFB3 protocol is utilized. The 12x IFB3 protocol is designed to provide improved latency compared to the 12x IFB protocol.
  • 12x IFB protocol: If more than four CHPIDs are defined per HCA3-O port or HCA3-O features are communicating with HCA2-O features on zEC12, zBC12, z196, or z114 servers, links will run with the 12x IFB protocol.

The maximum number of all HCA3 fanout features is limited to 8 per system. Internal coupling links (ICs) can also be used for internal communication between Coupling Facilities (CFs) and z/OS images on the same server.

ISC-3 links are not supported on IBM z13 or IBM z13s.

Note: The ICA SR and InfiniBand (PSIFB) link data rates do not represent the performance of the link. The actual performance is dependent upon many factors including latency through the adapters, cable lengths, and the type of workload. Systems Lab Services can assist your migration to ICA SR and PSIFB coupling links by providing services to assess the impact of the migration or to assist with the implementation of the migration.

STP - Time synchronization for Parallel Sysplex

Server Time Protocol (STP) is designed to allow events occurring in different servers to be properly sequenced in time. STP is designed for servers that have been configured in a Parallel Sysplex or a basic sysplex (without a Coupling Facility), as well as servers that are not in a sysplex but need time synchronization.

STP is a server-wide facility that is implemented in the Licensed Internal Code (LIC), presenting a single view of time to Processor Resource/Systems Manager(TM)(PR/SM(TM)). STP uses a message-based protocol in which timekeeping information is passed over externally defined coupling links between servers. The STP design introduced a concept called Coordinated Timing Network (CTN), a collection of servers and Coupling Facilities that are time-synchronized to a time value called Coordinated Server Time.

CTN can be configured in two ways:

  • STP-only CTN which does not require a Sysplex Timer.
  • Mixed CTN (External Time Reference (ETR) and STP) which requires a Sysplex Timer. The Sysplex Timer provides the timekeeping information in a Mixed CTN. zEC12, zBC12, z196, and z114 servers do not support attachment to a Sysplex Timer, but they can participate in a Mixed CTN that has a z10(TM)synchronized to the Sysplex Timer. This maintains the capability for servers to concurrently migrate from an existing ETR network to a Mixed CTN and from a Mixed CTN to an STP-only CTN.

The IBM z13 and IBM z13s can participate only in an STP-only CTN.

STP enhancements

  • STP communications enabled via the IBM Integrated Coupling Adapter (ICA SR).
  • Initialize Time Panel enhanced to list time zone and leap second offset as well as to indicate if the system time was set; this enables users to quickly check fields during CTN configuration.
  • Set Date and Time Panel enhanced to encourage use of External Time Source to set CTN time.
  • Time Zone panel enhanced with confirmation messages when setting STP time zone via adjust Time Zone panel on Current Time Server (CTS); also lists scheduled switch times for leap seconds and time zone/daylight savings time on Timing Network Tab.
  • Support added for view-only STP.

Parallel Sysplex enhancements

Scalability improvements: As data sharing workloads continue to grow, the Parallel Sysplex infrastructure needs to support the increased requirements for coupling resources. To do this, IBM has increased configuration limits to support larger data sharing environments. In the Coupling Facility, IBM has added an availability enhancement that is a scalability enabler for large cache structures.

  • IBM z13 and IBM z13s servers will support up to 256 Coupling CHPIDs, twice the 128 coupling CHPIDs supported on zEC12 and zBC12.This provides enhanced connectivity and scalability for a growing number of coupling channel types and facilitates consolidation of multiple sysplexes into the same set of physical servers. Note that each CF image will continue to support a maximum of 128 coupling CHPIDs.
  • z13 : Up to 141 ICF engines can be ordered on a single server across multiple Coupling Facility LPARs. This helps environments that use a server hosting multiple Coupling Facilities to support multiple Parallel Sysplexes. There is still a limit of 16 ICF engines for a single Coupling Facility LPAR.
  • z13s: Up to 20 ICF engines can be ordered on a single server across multiple Coupling Facility LPARs. This helps environments that use a server hosting multiple Coupling Facilities to support multiple Parallel Sysplexes. There is still a limit of 16 ICF engines for a single Coupling Facility LPAR.
  • CFCC Level 21 and CFCC Level 20 support the Coupling Facility use of Large Memory to improve availability for larger CF cache structures and data sharing performance with larger DB2 Group Buffer Pools (GBP). This support removes inhibitors to using large CF cache structures, enabling use of Large Memory to appropriately scale to larger DB2 local buffer pools (LBPs) and group buffer pools (GBPs) in data sharing environments.

To learn more about the performance benefits of large DB2 structures, reference IBM zEnterprise System: Performance Report on Exploiting Large Memory for DB2 Buffer Pools with SAP at

http://www.ibm.com/support/techdocs/atsmastr.nsf/WebI ndex/WP102461

z/OS support for the z13 and z13s

Continued tight integration between hardware and software technologies has become increasingly important to meeting the capacity and performance demands of mission-critical workloads. Accordingly, z/OS exploits many of the new functions and features of IBM z13 and z13s, including:

  • z/OS V2.2 (5650-ZOS) supports the operation of zIIP processors in simultaneous multithreading (SMT) mode, with two threads per processor. This function is designed to help improve throughput for zIIP workloads and provide appropriate performance measurement, capacity planning, and SMF accounting data. This support is also available for z/OS V2.1 with PTFs, and is available on the z13 and z13s.
  • z/OS V2.2 supports up to 141 processors (CPs and zIIPs) per LPAR or up to 128 physical processors (256 logical processors) per LPAR in SMT mode. z/OS V2.2 also supports up to 4 TB of real memory per LPAR. This support is also available on z/OS V2.1 with PTFs.

    IBM z/OS Version 2 Release 2 -- Fueling the Digital Enterprise.

  • z/OS V2.2 supports the vector extension facility (SIMD) instructions available on IBM z13 and z13s servers. This support, also available for z/OS V2.1 with PTFs, is intended to help enable high-performance analytics processing, and is exploited by z/OS XML System Services; IBM 31-bit SDK for z/OS, Java Technology Edition, Version 8 (5655-DGG); IBM 64-bit SDK for z/OS, Java Technology Edition, Version 8 (5655-DGH); Enterprise PL/I for z/OS V4.5 (5655-W67); and Enterprise COBOL for z/OS V5.2 (5655-W32). IBM also exploits the 64-bit SDK for z/OS, Java Technology Edition, Version 8 in IBM WebSphere Liberty Profile for z/OS, and in the full profile of WebSphere Application Server for z/OS, which is also expected to benefit from SIMD exploitation. Application serving with SSL could see up to 2x improvement in throughput per core with IBM 64-bit SDK for z/OS, Java Technology Edition, Version 8 on IBM z13 with SMT vs. Java 7 on zEC12.
  • z/OS V2.2 provides support for up to four subchannel sets on IBM z13 servers and up to three subchannel sets on z13s servers. This helps relieve subchannel constraints, and can allow you to define larger I/O configurations that support Multi-target Metro Mirror (PPRC) along with large numbers of PPRC secondaries and Parallel Access Volume (PAV) aliases. As with the prior support for up to three subchannel sets on zEC12 and two subchannel sets on zBC12, you can define base devices, aliases, and secondaries in the first subchannel set (set zero), and define only aliases and secondaries in subchannel sets one, two, and (on z13) three. All four subchannel sets on z13 and all three subchannel sets on z13s support FICON and zHPF protocols. This support is also available for z/OS V1.13 and z/OS V2.1 with a PTF.
  • Dynamic Channel path Management (DCM) support is provided for cascaded switches on z/OS V2.1 and later. This support offers more recovery paths than are available with the previous support for cascading two switches, and is expected to help improve resiliency for clients using replication technologies such as zGlobal Mirror (XRC).
  • z/OS V2.1 and later with PTFs are designed to exploit the new Read Diagnostic Parameters (RDP) extended link service (ELS) on z13 and z13s processors to retrieve and display additional information about the status of FICON fiber optic connections, and to provide health checks to help alert you to potential fiber-related problems. This support is expected to be most useful when diagnosing FICON error conditions and may also help provide early detection of trends that might indicate deteriorating connection quality, for example by enabling clients to monitor optical signal values.
  • z/OS V2.2 running on IBM z13 and z13s processors with IBM System Storage DS8880 and DS8884 series devices and a minimum MCL supports a new health check for FICON Dynamic Routing. This health check is designed to check all components of a dynamic routing fabric, the channel subsystem, and disk control units to make sure that dynamic routing requirements are met if dynamic routing has been enabled for one or more FICON switches. This support, also available for z/OS V1.13 and z/OS V2.1 with PTFs, is intended to help you identify misconfiguration errors that can result in data integrity exposures.
  • z/OS V2.2, and z/OS V2.1 with PTFs, supports the LPAR group capping function provided for z13 and z13s processors. z/OS Workload Manager (WLM) is designed to provide additional information about LPAR capacity limits in SMF Type 99 records. z/OS V2.2 Communications Server supports the virtualization capability of 10GbE RoCE Express features on IBM z13 and z13s processors. This support is designed to allow you to fully utilize the ports in the RoCE feature and to share features across up to 31 z/OS images. Also, z/OS V2.2 Communications Server supports selecting between TCP/IP and RoCE transport layer protocols automatically based on traffic characteristics, and supports MTU sizes up to 4K for RoCE features. The virtualization support is also available on z/OS V2.1 with a PTF.
  • In addition to support for Shared Memory Communications-RDMA (SMC-R), supported by available 10 GbE RoCE Express features, z/OS V2.2 is designed to support the new Shared Memory Communications-Direct Memory Access (SMC-D) protocol on z13, z13s, and later processors. This new protocol is designed to provide low-latency, high-bandwidth cross-LPAR connections for applications by providing application-transparent DMA communications over restricted-use shared memory to TCP endpoints for sockets-based connections. This is expected to provide a substantial performance benefit compared to both HiperSockets and TCP/IP communications over the Open Systems Adapter (OSA). In IBM laboratory testing, SMC-D was shown to offer up to a 91% improvement in throughput and up to a 48% improvement in response time compared to HiperSockets for interactive workloads, with most tests showing more than a 47% decrease in CPU time.(2) In the same laboratory testing streaming (bulk data transfer) workloads realized up to a 789% throughput improvement along with a 90% decrease in response time and more than an 88% decrease in CPU consumption time. For more information about software support, see the Software Requirements section.
  • Full support for the Crypto Express5S (CEX5S) features is provided for z/OS V2.2 and with the Enhanced Cryptographic Support for z/OS V1R13 - z/OS V2R1 web deliverable.
  • z/OS V2.2 XL C/C++ provides support for z13 and z13s processors with ARCH(11) and TUNE(11) parameters designed to take advantage of the new instructions to deliver increased optimizations for your generated code. XL C/C++ is also designed to support the Single Instruction Multiple Data (SIMD) instructions with the vector programming language extensions, and the IBM MASS (Mathematical Accelerator Subsystem) and ATLAS (Automatically Tuned Linear Algebra Software) libraries. The MASS library may be used for accelerated execution of elementary math functions and serve as a higher-performance alternative to the standard math library that is part of the z/OS XL C/C++ Runtime. The ATLAS library provides linear algebra function support for BLAS (Basic Linear Algebra Subprograms) and LAPACK (Linear Algebra PACKage) functions routinely used in Business Analytics and Optimization solutions. Together these two libraries provide a powerful framework for development of new Business Analytics workloads, porting math-intensive workloads from other platforms, and accelerating Business Analytics workloads on IBM z13. This function is also available for z/OS V2.1 XL C/C++ with a web deliverable from the z/OS download site
  • Functions are available for Integrated Cryptographic Service Facility (ICSF) in a new Cryptographic Support for z/OS V1R13 - z/OS V2R2 web deliverable, which supports IBM zEnterprise EC12 (zEC12), zEnterprise BC12 (zBC12), z13, and z13s processors. The web deliverable is available for download from:

    http://www.ibm.com/z/os/zos/downloads/

    This ICSF support is designed to:

    • Improve ICSF's ease of use by providing new operator commands you can use to perform certain cryptographic administrative functions. These functions include activating, deactivating, and restarting cryptographic coprocessors. This function is also intended to allow you to display status for available cryptographic devices and information about active key data sets (KDSs).
  • Additional support for the z13 and z13s is available for the Cryptographic Support for z/OS V1R13 - z/OS V2R2 (HCR77B1) web deliverable in PTFs:
    • Additional Common Cryptographic Architecture (CCA) support for:
      • A key check value using the CMAC algorithm in the Key Test2 (CSNBKYT2) service.
      • AES Galois/Counter mode encryption in the Symmetric Algorithm Encipher (CSNBSAE) and Symmetric Algorithm Decipher (CSNBSAD) services.
      • A key derivation algorithm in the EC_Diffie-Hellman (CSNDEDH) service.
      • A service Encrypted PIN Translate Enhanced (CSNBPTRE) with support for PAN that is encrypted using Format Preserving Encryption. The use of this function requires a service agreement with Visa, Inc. For more information, refer to the z/OS Licensed Program Specifications.

    This support will require Crypto Express5S coprocessors available on z13 and z13s and the PTF for APAR OA49064, when available.

    • Support for the new Trusted Key Entry (TKE) 8.1 workstation, with the PTF for APAR OA49067, when available.

IBM z13 and z13s systems are supported by z/OS V1.13 (5694-A01) and z/OS Version 2 (5650-ZOS).

Note: (2) Performance improvements are based on internal IBM laboratory tests. Your results will vary.

IBM Wave for z/VM (IBM Wave)

IBM Wave for z/VM (IBM Wave) dramatically simplifies the management of virtualized environments into an intuitive experience, to help reduce the cost and skills of managing z/VM and Linux environments on z Systems servers.

IBM Wave's intelligent visualization of the virtual server environment and physical infrastructure provides intuitive management of physical servers, z/VM, Linux guests, and other resources. IBM Wave provides the necessary capabilities for virtual server provisioning and can readily scale as you grow your entire enterprise. With IBM Wave, you can rapidly gain insight into your entire virtualized infrastructure topology at a glance and also accelerate the path to a highly virtualized cloud infrastructure.

IBM Wave Release 2 further expands the capabilities by delivering increased support for Linux distributions and devices, reporting and auditing, as well as enterprise-grade security and performance enhancements. The Statements of Direction for enhanced audit logging and IBM Wave server support on RHEL 7 and SLES 12 distributions have been fulfilled with the latest service update in December 2015.

IBM Wave is a comprehensive management tool designed for administrators, operators, system programmers, and more. It is now included in several virtualization solutions on z Systems and IBM Infrastructure Suite.

IBM Wave is developed using lean and agile principles, providing enhancements and new function on an ongoing basis. These enhancements are made available via periodic service packs.

z/VM support for z13 Driver D27 and z13s:

  • With the PTF for APAR VM65577, z/VM V6.2 and V6.3 provide guest exploitation support for Crypto Express5S, support for >16 Crypto Express domains, and guest exploitation support for the new Regional Crypto Enablement adapters. The PTF for APAR VM65577 is available.
  • With the PTF for APAR VM65716, planned to be available by March 10, 2016, z/VM V6.2 and V6.3 provide support for the following:
    • LPAR Group Absolute Capacity Capping, enabling each partition to consume capacity up to its individual limit so long as the group's aggregate consumption does not exceed its absolute capacity limit.
  • With the PTF for APAR VM65716, planned to be available by March 10, 2016, z/VM V6.3 will provide support for the following:
    • Guest exploitation support of Shared Memory Communications-Direct Memory Access (SMC-D) networking within the CPC without requiring 10 GbE RoCE hardware or external switches.
    • Dynamic Memory Management improved efficiency when a dynamic memory upgrade uses only a portion of the reserved main storage for the partition by initializing and clearing just the amount of storage requested.

z/VM support for the IBM z Systems Vector Facility

With the PTF for APAR VM65733, z/VM V6.3 enables guests to exploit the Vector Facility for z/Architecture (SIMD). The Vector Facility instructions provide a powerful framework for development of new Business Analytics workloads, porting numerically intensive workloads from other platforms, and accelerating Business Analytics workloads on IBM z13 or IBM z13s. The PTF is planned to be available by March 11, 2016.

z/VM SMT support

With the PTF for APAR VM65586, z/VM provides host exploitation support for SMT on IBM z13 and IBM z13s, which will enable z/VM to dispatch work on up to two threads (logical CPUs) of an IFL processor core. z/VM simultaneous multithreading support is enabled only for IFL processors in a Linux only mode or z/VM mode logical partition.

z/VM exploitation of SMT enables z/VM on z13 or z13s to dispatch work on an individual thread of a core, allowing a core to be shared by two guest CPUs or z/VM Control Program tasks. This can result in increased throughput per core from more efficient use of shared core resources.

Simultaneous multithreading support is available on a z/VM system only if the facility is installed on the hardware and enabled on the z/VM system with the MULTITHREADING system configuration statement. The MULTITHREADING statement is optional, and multithreading is disabled if the statement is omitted.

z/VM host simultaneous multithreading exploitation support does not virtualize threads for guest exploitation. However, Linux guests may benefit from the host support because the first-level z/VM system is able to achieve higher throughput from the multithreaded IFL cores.

z/VM CPU pools provide a mechanism for limiting the CPU resources consumed by a group of virtual machines to a specific capacity. In an environment without SMT, these capacities are enforced in terms of a number of cores. In an SMT environment, unless the PTF for APAR VM65680 is applied, these capacities are enforced in terms of a number of threads. Consequently, it might be necessary to increase the capacities of CPU pools, in order to provide adequate resource to CPU pool members. IBM recommends applying the PTF for APAR VM65680 if SMT is enabled.

z/VM multi-VSwitch link aggregation support

With the PTFs for APARs VM65583 and PI21053, z/VM V6.3 provides multi-VSwitch link aggregation support, allowing a port group of OSA-Express features to span multiple virtual switches within a single z/VM system or between multiple z/VM systems. Sharing a link aggregation port group (LAG) with multiple virtual switches increases optimization and utilization of the OSA-Express when handling larger traffic loads. Higher adapter utilization protects customer investments, which is increasingly important as 10 gigabit deployments become more prevalent. With this support, a port group is no longer required to be dedicated to a single virtual switch.

KVM for IBM z Systems provides open source virtualization for the IBM mainframe.

The next release of KVM for IBM z Systems, which will become available on March 18, 2016, supports several new capabilities.

KVM for IBM z Systems 1.1.1 enhancements

  • Simultaneous multithreading (SMT) exploitation for higher compute capacity and improved TCO.
  • Updated Hypervisor Performance Management (HPM) for SMT exploitation to enhance policy-driven performance.
  • Ability of guests to exploit the Vector Facility for z/Architecture (SIMD) to accelerate analytics type workloads.
  • Hypervisor enhancements including support for iSCSI and NFS.
  • Crypto exploitation to leverage hardware acceleration for cryptographic functions, improving TCO.
  • Enhanced RAS capabilities:
    • Improved first failure data capture (FFDC) for easier problem determination.
    • Hypervisor and guest watchdog support for improved high availability configuration.
    • Unattended installation capability of hypervisor for ease of installation.

z/VSE Network Appliance

The z/VSE Network Appliance builds on the z/VSE Linux Fast Path (LFP) function and provides TCP/IP network access without requiring a TCP/IP stack in z/VSE. The appliance utilizes the z Appliance Container Infrastructure (zACI) introduced on z13 and z13s servers. Compared to a TCP/IP stack in z/VSE, this can support higher TCP/IP traffic throughput while reducing the processing resource consumption in z/VSE.

The z/VSE Network Appliance is an extension of the z/VSE - z/VM IP Assist (VIA) function on z114 and z196. VIA provides network access for TCP/IP socket applications running on z/VSE as a z/VM guest. With the z/VSE Network Appliance this is available for z/VSE systems running in an LPAR. When available, the z/VSE Network Appliance will be provided as a downloadable package. It can then be deployed with the appliance installer.

In summary, the VIA function is available for z/VSE systems running as z/VM guests. The z/VSE Network Appliance is available for z/VSE systems running without z/VM in LPARs. Both provide network access for TCP/IP socket applications that use the Linux Fast Path; however, no TCP/IP stack is required on the z/VSE system, and no Linux on z Systems need to be installed.

CICS Transaction Server for z/OS support for z13 and z13s

All in-service releases of IBM CICS Transaction Server for z/OS (CICS TS) will support the z13 and z13s hardware. This gives CICS TS customers, at an appropriate level of z/OS, the potential to benefit from facilities of z13 and z13s, including:

  • Simultaneous multithreading (SMT), introduced first on z Systems with IBM z13 and now available on IBM z13s. CICS TS can take advantage of SMT to help provide better throughput and offload capacity for Java workloads. SMT can allow up to two threads per core to execute simultaneously and may be used on a zIIP specialty engine.
  • The exploitation by IBM SDK for z/OS Java Technology Edition, Version 8 (Java 8) of z13 and z13s facilities, such as the Single Instruction Multiple Data (SIMD) instructions and improvements to CP Assist for Cryptographic Functions (CPACF). Java 8 is supported by CICS TS V5.3.
  • Improvements in cryptographic performance, with CPACF and the new Crypto Express5S. This can benefit non-Java workloads in CICS TS.
  • The capability of significantly greater amounts of redundant array of independent memory (RAIM)(3). This can enable greater use of CICS in-memory facilities, including:
    • Main temporary storage and the internal trace table above the bar
    • Channels and containers
    • Shared data tables
    • JVM server heap storage

Note: (3) Greater amounts of RAIM are intended to improve transaction response times, lower CPU costs, simplify capacity planning, and ease deployment of memory-intensive workloads.

IBM z BladeCenter Extension (zBX) Model 004

The onsite upgrade to an IBM z BladeCenter Extension (zBX) Model 004 continues to support workload optimization and integration for zEnterprise. The zBX Model 004 is available as an upgrade from an existing zBX Model 002 or Model 003. The upgrade will decouple the zBX from its controlling CPC and with the addition of redundant Support Elements, it will become a stand-alone Node within an ensemble. An ensemble must contain a z114, z196, zBC12, zEC12, z13, or z13s. Once upgraded, any available slots in an existing chassis can be used with the proper entitlements. Environmental options and optics will be available to support reconfiguration and relocation.

Hardware Management Console (HMC)

Absolute Capping of an LPAR Group

Beginning with zEC12 and zBC12 enterprises, absolute capping support was provided for an individual LPAR. Now, absolute capping for an LPAR group will be provided. Absolute Capping of an LPAR Group ensures that software licensing terms and conditions related to capacity are always met.

Currently, Change LPAR Group Controls allows the user to define LPAR group capacity limits, allowing one or more groups of LPARs to each have its own capacity limit. This is to ensure that groups are managed in such a way that the sum of the LPARs' CPU utilization within a group will not exceed the group's defined capacity.

This new feature adds the ability to define an absolute capping value for an entire LPAR group. The absolute cap value is specified to hundredths of a processor. A separate absolute cap value by processor type is supported within the group. When absolute capping is specified for a group this works independently of the Group Capacity value, and that LPAR Group Absolute Capping value will act as an additional control to truly enforce a maximum limit on capacity for the LPAR group.

SNMP/BCPii performance enhancements

Performance enhancements for SNMP/BCPii will be realized by allowing query or set operations for multiple attributes and/or category-based attributes via new HwmcaEnhancedGet and HwmcaEnhancedSet API interfaces. Previously, an individual API request was required for each attribute being acted upon. Additionally, a single interface attribute was limited to a single LPAR, but now a single attribute query or update API can be sent to multiple LPARs.

In addition, a new SE task will be provided to better understand which BCPii requests are being made to the SE. For BCPii there could be multiple sources of applications making BCPii requests to the SE, and this task will provide a summarized view of historical data for you to better understand the source, frequency, and interactions of the BCPii initiated requests. This will allow you to potentially tune the application requests of the multiple BCPii requesters to work towards a better performance model for their BCPii request environment.

Removal of Java Applet HMC task implementations

In the HMC 2.13.1 release, the implementations of the Operating System Messages, Integrated 3270 Console, Integrated ASCII Console, and Text Console customer tasks have been migrated from a Java Applet base to a remote browser execution scheme so that those tasks will no longer be affected by changes of Java levels on the remote workstations. In some cases the look and feel of those tasks will change slightly.

In addition, the Integrated 3270 Console has been enhanced. When multiple remote users are connected into the same HMC or different HMCs for a specific LPAR, any remote user will be able to take control of the Integrated 3270 Console session.

The changes to remove Java Applet implementations for the Operating System Messages, Integrated 3270 Console, and Integrated ASCII Console will be patched to the HMC 2.12.1 code level around the time that the HMC 2.13.1 is released. Note that the patches will slightly change the appearance and controls of the tasks being patched.

HMC 2.13.0 as well as 2.12.1 customers can take full advantage of the new implementation approach by upgrading to HMC 2.13.1.

OSA-ICC support for Secure Sockets Layer

Previously, we advised all customers who need a secure connection to install a VPN device between their server and client infrastructure. To avoid this requirement, TLS/SSL with Certificate Authentication will be added to the HMC/SE support OSC CHPID to provide a secure and validated method for connecting clients to the z Systems host.

The HMC/SE support have a new Secure TCP port field added for each LAN port on the Edit Server Configuration panel. Additionally, the Card Specific Advanced Facilities will be updated to handle the certificate management.

ASCII translation for Display/Alter storage display

Beginning with the IBM z13 and IBM z13s, Display/Alter will display an EBCDIC translation of storage to the user in addition to a hex display of the data. In HMC 2.13.1 the user will now also be able to view an ASCII translation of storage. This is very useful for operating systems such as Linux on z that handle text in ASCII.

ASHRAE class A3 for robustness, data center flexibility, and energy savings

The z13s is rated for the ASHRAE class A3 environment for all models and configurations. Class A3 allows a wider operating temperature range (including up to 40 degrees C inlet air), as well as a wider humidity range than the previous generation's class A2 rating. This provides significant additional system robustness and safety margin for data center cooling and humidity control failures. It allows installation in a wider range of data centers, including lower-cost data centers. Energy savings are enabled in multiple ways. The increased temperature and humidity range provides the opportunity to use compressor-less cooling solutions in many locales. Additionally, the expanded temperature range allows for a data center to run at a higher temperature for some time periods with high external temperatures, reducing the required cooling infrastructure and energy usage.

Enhancements to Advanced Entry Workload License Charges (AEWLC) and Technology Transition Offerings

Coinciding with the announcement of the z13s server, IBM is making available a new Technology Transition Offering (TTO) called Technology Update Pricing for the z13s. Technology Update Pricing for the z13s offers price-performance advantages for z13s servers. IBM is also updating the "Technology Update Pricing for the z13" offering and two revised Transition Charges for Sysplexes or Multiplexes offerings to add the z13s. In addition, zSeries Entry License Charge (zELC) pricing applies to the z13s capacity setting A01, the entry z13s server.

Technology Update Pricing for the z13s extends the software price-performance provided by AEWLC for stand-alone z13s servers, and applies to eligible z/OS, z/TPF, and z/VSE operating systems and their associated middleware programs. AEWLC, zNALC, and Tiered Workload License Charges (TWLC) are the only pricing metrics available on a stand-alone z13s server, with the exception of the z13s capacity setting A01. The Entry Workload License Charges (EWLC) and the Midrange Workload License Charges (MWLC) license options are not available for a z13s server.

When a z13s server is in an actively coupled z/OS Parallel Sysplex or z/TPF Loosely Coupled Complex, you may choose either stand-alone AEWLC pricing, aggregated AWLC pricing, or aggregated Parallel Sysplex License Charges (PSLC) pricing, subject to all applicable terms and conditions.

When a z13s server is part of a Multiplex under Country Multiplex Pricing (CMP) terms, CMLC, MzNALC, and Tiered Workload License Charges (TWLC) are the only pricing metrics available, subject to all applicable terms and conditions.

For more information about AWLC, CMLC, CMP, MzNALC, PSLC, zNALC, or the Transition Charges for Sysplexes or Multiplexes TTO offerings, refer to

http://ibm.com/systems/z/swprice/

Announcing the latest version of the IBM LinuxONE Rockhopper and enhancements to the IBM LinuxONE Emperor

IBM LinuxONE is an all-Linux enterprise platform for open innovation that combines the best of Linux and open technology with the best of enterprise computing in ONE platform. It delivers a single system built on one of the industry's fastest commercially available server processors and is built to be the backbone of the mobile era, setting new standards in transaction volume, speed, and trust.

This extends IBM enterprise server capabilities to LinuxONE servers, offering:

  • Exceptional scale with up to 20 LinuxONE cores (orderable as Integrated Facility for Linux (IFL)) for IBM LinuxONE Rockhopper, providing significant total system capacity for your Linux workloads deploying cloud, analytics, and mobile solutions
  • Economies of scale with simultaneous multithreading delivering more throughput for Linux workloads
  • Enhanced cryptographic and partitioning offerings that can help ensure the real-time protection and integrity of data across an enterprise cloud environment
  • More memory, cache enhancements, and expansive I/O bandwidth to serve up more data to support exponential mobile transaction volumes
  • Real-time insights at the point of impact with integrated analytics and transaction processing
  • Data and services that are securely delivered, with minimal risk, on the most reliable platform
  • The flexibility of hybrid cloud deployment
  • Improved performance of complex mathematical models, perfect for analytics processing, with Single Instruction Multiple Data (SIMD)
  • IBM Resiliency Analytics for LinuxONE (orderable as IBM zAware) cutting-edge pattern recognition analytics for fast insight into the system health of Linux environments
  • Reduced latency for Ethernet communications with 10GbE RoCE Express
  • Rack-mounted Hardware Management Console, helping to save space in the data center

This introduces additional capabilities for IBM LinuxONE Emperor and IBM LinuxONE Rockhopper:

  • Simplified appliance implementation with z Appliance Container Infrastructure (zACI)
  • Administrative mode for Linux - IBM Dynamic Partition Manager (DPM)
  • LPAR enhancement to provide group physical capacity limit enforcement
  • LPAR enhancement for dynamic memory management
  • Common Cryptographic Architecture (CCA) enhancements
  • Trusted Key Entry (TKE) 8.1 License Internal Code (LIC)
  • FCP SAN discovery tool RDP data support
  • OSA-ICC support for Secure Sockets Layer
  • Export / import physical port WWPNs for FCP Channels
  • Improved Channel Subsystem (CSS) scalability
  • Fibre Channel Read Diagnostic Parameter extended link service (ELS) support
  • z/VM enhancements
  • IBM Wave enhancements
  • KVM for IBM z Systems enhancements
  • Hardware Management Console (HMC) enhancements
  • ASHRAE class A3 for robustness, data center flexibility, and energy savings

Simultaneous multithreading (SMT)

Simultaneous multithreading (SMT) allows two active instruction streams per core, each dynamically sharing the core's execution resources. Incremental throughput is achieved partly because the processor chip offers intelligently implemented 2-way simultaneous multithreading. SMT is available on IBM LinuxONE Emperor and IBM LinuxONE Rockhopper for workloads running on the core.

Each eligible software operating system or hypervisor has the ability to intelligently drive SMT in a way that is best for its unique requirements. z/VM SMT management optimizes throughput by spreading a workload over the available cores until it demands the additional SMT capacity.

Linux distributions starting with SLES12 SP1 and RHEL 7.2 include SMT support for customers running in Linux in a partition (LPAR).

z Appliance Container Infrastructure (zACI) is a new partition type which, along with an appliance installer, enables the secure deployment of software and firmware appliances. zACI will shorten the deployment and implementation of firmware solutions or software solutions delivered as virtual software appliances. The zACI framework enforces a common set of standards and behaviors, and a new zACI partition mode for a virtual appliance - requiring a new zACI LPAR type. The IBM Resiliency Analytics for LinuxONE (orderable as zAware) partition mode has been renamed to zACI, and the Resiliency Analytics for LinuxONE firmware will now run in this partition. There are no hardware dependencies. zACI will be delivered as part of the base code on each IBM LinuxONE server (driver level 27).

Administrative mode for Linux - IBM Dynamic Partition Manager (DPM)

A new administrative mode is being introduced for IBM LinuxONE servers with SCSI storage attached via FCP channels. IBM Dynamic Partition Manager (DPM) provides simplified hardware and virtual infrastructure management including integrated dynamic I/O management for users who intend to run KVM for IBM z Systems as a hypervisor or Linux running in a partition (LPAR). The new mode, Dynamic Partition Manager, provides simplified, consumable, and enhanced partition lifecycle and dynamic I/O management capabilities via the Hardware Management Console (HMC) to:

  • Create and provision an environment - Creation of new partitions, assignment of processors and memory, and configuration of I/O adapters (network, FCP storage, crypto, and accelerators)
  • Manage the environment - Modification of system resources without disrupting running workloads
  • Monitor and troubleshoot the environment - Source identification of system failures, conditions, states, or events that may lead to workload degradation

A CPC can be configured in either the Dynamic Partition Manager mode or PR/SM mode. The mode is enabled prior to the CPC power-on reset (POR). Dynamic Partition Manager mode requires two OSA-Express 1000BASE-T Ethernet features for primary and backup connectivity (OSA-Express5S 1000BASE-T Ethernet #0417), along with associated cabling (HW for DPM #0016).

Dynamic Partition Manager (DPM) supports Linux running in a partition (LPAR) as well as the KVM for IBM z Systems hypervisor. DPM initially does not support the z/VM hypervisor.

Enterprise-grade availability

The IBM LinuxONE servers continue the drive for continuously reliable operation as with other IBM enterprise servers. They provide the following Reliability, Availability, and Serviceability (RAS) qualities of service:

  • Soft error resilience in the processor cores
  • Lane shadowing, hardware buffer retry, and independent channel recovery, which are designed to improve the DIMM interface
  • Use of RAIM in the main memory to protect DRAM
  • Robustness in the level 3 and level 4 cache
  • FRU isolation with the integrated time domain reflectometry logic to chip interfaces
  • Integrated sparing designed to reduce the complexity and number of repair actions

IBM zAware is an integrated, self-learning firmware IT analytics solution that helps systems and operations professionals rapidly identify problematic messages and unusual system behavior in near real-time, enabling systems administrators to use the information to take corrective actions.

IBM zAware delivered on IBM LinuxONE Emperor and IBM LinuxONE Rockhopper delivers:

  • Support for LinuxONE message log analysis
  • Support for native or guest LinuxONE images
  • The ability to process message streams with no message IDs
  • The ability to group multiple systems that have similar operational characteristics for modeling and analysis
    • Recognition of dynamic activation and deactivation of a Linux image into a group, and appropriate modeling and analysis.
    • User-defined grouping. For LinuxONE servers, the user can group multiple systems' data into a combined model: by workload (one for all web servers, one for all databases, and so on); by "solution" (for instance, one model for your cloud); or by VM host.
  • A heat map display that provides a consolidated/aggregated/higher level view with the ability to drill down to detail views
  • Usability and GUI functional capabilities addressing many customer requirements and IBM One UI guidelines
    • Filtering and visualization with optimized use of GUI real estate
    • Advanced UI navigation
    • Display of local time in addition to UTC time
  • Advanced analytics
  • A robust data store
  • Browser support with Mozilla Firefox 31 and Internet Explorer 9, 10, and 11

IBM zAware is designed to use near real-time continuous learning algorithms, providing a diagnostic capability intended to help clients quickly pinpoint problems, which, in turn, can lead to better availability and a more efficient system. IBM zAware uses analytics to intelligently examine LinuxONE messages to find unusual patterns, inconsistencies, and variations. Large operating system environments can sometimes generate more than 25 million messages per day. This can make manual analysis time-consuming and error-prone when exceptional problems occur. IBM zAware provides a simple graphical user interface (GUI) and APIs to help clients find message anomalies quickly, which can help speed problem resolution when seconds count.

LPAR enhancement to provide group physical capacity limit enforcement

Processor Resource/Systems Manager(TM)(PR/SM(TM)) and the Hardware Management tool have been enhanced to support an option to limit the amount of physical processor capacity consumed by a group of logical partitions (LPARs) when a processor unit (PU) is defined as a core shared across a set of LPARs.

This enhancement is designed to provide a group physical capacity limit enforced as an absolute (versus relative) limit; it is not affected by changes to the logical or physical configuration of the system. This group physical capacity limit can be specified in units of IFLs. The "Change LPAR Group Controls" and "Customize Group Profiles" tasks on the Hardware Management Console have been enhanced in support of this new function. Refer to the Hardware requirements and Software requirements sections of the IBM z Systems Hardware Management Console Web Services API (Version 2.13.1), SC27-2634 publication.

This is supported in both PR/SM mode and IBM Dynamic Partition Manager (DPM) mode.

LPAR enhancement for dynamic memory management

Processor Resource/Systems Manager(TM)( PR/SM(TM)) has been enhanced to support more flexibility as to how additional physical memory is dynamically added to a logical partition. Rather than attempting to fully populate a logical partition's reserved storage element when it is initially configured online, the OS in the partition can request a single storage increment be attached (and subsequently can request additional increments if desired). This allows a more gradual, flexible addition of memory to the partition as needed over time.

This is supported in both PR/SM mode and IBM Dynamic Partition Manager (DPM) mode.

Common Criteria Evaluation Assurance Level 5+ (EAL 5+) certification

The IBM LinuxONE servers are designed for Common Criteria Evaluation Assurance Level 5+ (EAL 5+) certification for security of logical partitions running in PR/SM mode. This means that the IBM LinuxONE servers are designed to prevent an application running on one operating system image on one LPAR from accessing application data running on a different operating system image on another LPAR on the server. This certification is not supported in IBM Dynamic Partition Manager (DPM) mode.

Common Cryptographic Architecture (CCA) enhancements

Secure AES GCM encryption mode

Galois Counter Mode (GCM) is an authenticated encryption algorithm designed to provide both data authenticity (integrity) and confidentiality in a single operation. The algorithm can also serve as a stand-alone MAC function. With the Crypto Express5S and IBM LinuxONE Emperor or IBM LinuxONE Rockhopper, CCA will add this encryption mode support to the existing Symmetric Algorithm Encipher (CSNBSAE) and Symmetric Algorithm Decipher (CSNBSAD) callable services. Previously AES GCM was supported with clear keys through ICSF. This feature will provide a secure key option.

Interoperable ECC key derivation algorithm

The EC_Diffie-Hellman callable service is used to establish symmetric keys using a pair of ECC keys using the Elliptic Curve Diffie-Hellman (ECDH) protocol. The Crypto Express5 Coprocessor is planned to be enhanced to add an additional key derivation scheme that allows the establishment of keys with non-CCA entities, without compromising security.

The EC_Diffie-Hellman callable service creates a shared symmetric key with a pair of ECC (Elliptic Curve Cryptography) keys using the ECDH (Elliptic Curve Diffie-Hellman) protocol and the ANSX9.63 protocol static unified model key-agreement scheme. The Crypto Express5 Coprocessor is enhanced with an additional key derivation scheme that allows the establishment of keys with non-CCA entities, without compromising security.

Addition of new Key Check Value algorithm

The Key Test2 callable service generates or verifies the value of a clear or encrypted key or key part contained in an external or internal variable-length symmetric key-token, or a DES key or key part wrapped in an external TR-31 key block. With the Crypto Express5, CCA plans to support a CMAC-based Key Check Value algorithm for use with AES and TDES keys.

Greater than 16 domain support

Support to allow a cryptographic coprocessor to be shared across more than 16 domains, up to the maximum number of LPARs on the system. This support relies on enhanced firmware available with a minimum microcode level for the Crypto Express5S coprocessors. With the adjunct processor (AP) extended addressing (APXA) facility installed, the LinuxONE crypto architecture can support greater than 16 domains in an AP. Customers will have the flexibility of mapping individual LPARs to unique crypto domains or continuing to share crypto domains across LPARs.

Trusted Key Entry (TKE) 8.1 Licensed Internal Code (LIC)

The following functions are supported in the TKE 8.1 LIC:

  • Domain Cloning is planned to support a Configuration Migration Tasks application that gives administrators the ability to collect settings from one domain and apply the settings to any set of new domains. This feature significantly simplifies the process and reduces the time it takes to deploy new domains on a Host Crypto Module.
  • Launch coordinated master key role from the TKE is planned to provide the ability to set master keys from the TKE in a way that the Key Data Sets (KDSs) are encrypted under the new master key. IBM plans to provide the ability to invoke the ICSF coordinated master key role function and now allow clients to do all master key management from the TKE.
  • Guided create features for roles and authority indexes are designed to provide new guided create functions to be added to both Roles and Authorities tabs for Host Cryptographic Modules. This support steps the client through the process of creating these items and greatly clarifies and simplifies the creation process.
  • Two certificate authority wizards are intended to take administrators through the process of creating all the smart cards used in a TKE zone and also taking administrators through the process of creating all the smart cards needed for the Configuration Migrations Task wizards.
  • Display Crypto Module Settings, a TKE feature, enables you to create a report that shows the current configuration of a Host Cryptographic Module.
  • HMAC key will enable TKE to support generation and loading of HMAC operational keys.This support will be limited to keys that are 16, 24, and 32 bytes in length.
  • Save/Restore Customized Data feature will provide TKE with a new Privileged Mode Access ADMIN task that allows the client to save and restore client data on the TKE. This feature can be used to move client data from one TKE workstation to another or to restore client data on a TKE.
  • Password Protect Console will support the ability to password protect the TKE console. By default, the TKE console is not password protected. The Password Protect Console application is available only when you are signed on in Privileged Mode Access with the ADMIN user ID. This feature provides increased security for your TKE workstation.
  • Binary Key Part File Utility will provide the ability to copy key material from a binary file and place it on a smart card. This provides a simplified and faster process compared to using secure key load from the smart card PIN pad.
  • ACP Usage Information utility allows you to track which Domain Controls (Access Control Points) were actually "checked" within a domain. If tracking is activated and an authority check is done for an ACP, the "checked" indicator is turned on. This indicator stays on until the tracking data is cleared. The TKE is used to activate, deactivate, and clear the tracking data. In addition, TKE provides a feature for displaying the tracking information for each domain.
  • Require Enhanced Host Password protection will support the strongest possible encryption. When using HCR 77B0 or later with TKE 8.0 or later, the strongest possible encryption is used to protect the host password. The TKE uses the best encryption available for protecting the host sign-on password. However, with a new TKE 8.1 enhancement, you can configure the TKE so that it will allow a sign-on only to a system that uses the strongest encryption. IBM recommends that you install HCR 77B0 or later and configure the TKE to allow the sign-on only to systems that support the strongest host password protection.
  • Operational Key Option on Domain Groups lets users specify where key commands are sent. Currently, when an operation key command is run from inside a domain group, the command is sent only to the master domain. IBM plans to add support to the domain group to add an attribute that indicates if operational key commands are to be sent to the master domain or all the domains in the group. The new group attribute value can be managed from the Create or Change Group features.

TKE 1U workstation

The Trusted Key Entry (TKE) introduces a 1U workstation that is a rack-mounted system. It is a combination of hardware and software, network-connected to one or more servers, and designed to provide a secure, flexible method for master and operational key entry as well as local and remote management of the cryptographic coprocessor features (Crypto Express5S when defined as a coprocessor). It provides the same functionality as the TKE workstation but as a rack-mounted server. If the Trusted Key Entry 1U workstation is required on an IBM LinuxONE server, then the TKE workstation with TKE 8.1 LIC feature (#0878) must be used.

Trusted Key Entry (TKE) 8.0 Licensed Internal Code (LIC)

The following functions were delivered with the TKE 8.0 level of LIC and are included in the base of TKE 8.1.

Crypto Express5S coprocessor support: TKE 8.0 is required for managing Crypto Express5S cryptographic coprocessors and manages them through the same Crypto Module notebook functions as previous generations of cryptographic modules. The configuration migration tasks feature of the TKE is enhanced to also support the Crypto Express5S coprocessor. You can use TKE 8.0 to collect data from previous generations of cryptographic modules and apply the data to Crypto Express5S coprocessors.

FIPS Certified Smart Card: Media for the FIPS Certified Smart Cardis now included in the smart card reader and additional smart cards optional features. The new smart card media part number is 00JA710.

Crypto coprocessors with more than 16 domains: TKE 8.0 allows the management of domains beyond the current limit of 16. This support will require the latest levels of code on the IBM LinuxONE Emperor and IBM LinuxONE Rockhopper to allow more than 16 domains on the Crypto Express5S.

Full function migration wizard for EP11: The full function migration wizard is designed to provide the ability to quickly and accurately collect and apply data to the Crypto Express features configured as EP11 coprocessors. This wizard previously supported CCA, however Crypto Module Group support has been removed. Crypto Module Groups are no longer supported on TKE 8.0. All group management must now be done from a Domain Group.

Master key management functions: TKE 8.0 allows support of two new master key management functions that are available when managing any type of master key:

  1. Generate a set of master key parts wizard-like feature which allows you to create a new key part for each of the different types of master keys.

  2. Load all new master keys wizard-like feature which allows you to load a new key for each of the different types of master keys.

Smart Card Readers Available indicator: TKE 8.0 displays a window title that will include information if the smart card readers are available if the application or utility has access to smart card readers.

Configure Displayed Hash Size utility: TKE 8.0 supports a configuration to allow the administrator to set the display length of certain hash values displayed on the TKE workstation. Hash types that can be affected by this function are: MDC-4, SHA-1, AES-VP, and ENC-ZERO. The Configure Display Hash Size utility is available only when you have signed on with the Privileged Mode Access user ID of ADMIN.

ECC Authority Signature Keys: TKE 8.0 allows a user to select a key strength of 320-bit ECC key when creating an Authority Signature Key that is to be assigned to an Authority Index on a Crypto Express5S coprocessor. This option is available only when you are creating an Authority Signature Key from inside a Crypto Module Notebook of a Crypto Express5S.

Print capability: TKE 8.0 has limited print support. The Configure Printers utility allows the administrator to add printers to the TKE. The only printers allowed to be added are printers that have device drivers on the TKE including the GUTENPRINT and HPLIP device driver packages. You will not be able to load your own device drivers.

Features in the Crypto Node Management (CNM) utility: The TKE Workstation Setup utility allows you to load and save user roles and profiles. The CNM utility now has stand-alone launch points for these two tasks in the Access Control pull-down menu.

ENC-Zero verification pattern for 24-byte DES operational keys: TKE 8.0 supports an ENC-Zero verification pattern that is computed and displayed with 24-byte DES operational keys.

Usability enhancements: TKE 8.0 has many usability enhancements including the ability for users to select a check box that will allow them to change their passphrase on the logon screen for a passphrase profile. Additionally, users can now select multiple items in the Hosts container, Crypto Module Groups container, or Domain Groups container of the main window of the TKE application. If more than one item is selected, you can delete all of the definitions or close all of the hosts or groups at once.

FCP SAN discovery tool RDP data support

The FCP SAN Explorer function on the HMC has been enhanced with additional functions to facilitate SAN configuration setting and debugging. This facility can now display the name of the active fabric zone set, a list of zones an initiator is a member of, and enhanced diagnostic data for the initiator and target fabric links.

OSA-ICC support for Secure Sockets Layer

The Open Systems Adapter, when configured as an integrated console controller CHPID type (OSC) on IBM LinuxONE servers, will support the configuration and enablement of secure connections using the Transport Layer Security (TLS) protocol versions 1.0, 1.1, and 1.2. Server-side authentication is supported using either a self-signed certificate or customer-supplied certificate which may be signed by a customer-specified Certificate Authority. The certificates used must have anRSA key length of 2048 bits, and must be signed using SHA-256. This support will negotiate a cipher suite of AES-128 for the session key.

FICON Express16S - the next generation for FICON, zHPF, and FCP

IBM has released a new I/O infrastructure, now available on IBM LinuxONE Emperor and IBM LinuxONE Rockhopper. This infrastructure will strengthen the synergy between IBM DS8880 storage and IBM LinuxONE servers, delivering improved, predictable, and repeatable performance, and enhanced resiliency for mission-critical environments.

With the introduction of FICON Express16S on the IBM LinuxONE servers, you have significant growth opportunities for your SAN. FICON Express16S supports a link data rate of 16 gigabits per second (Gbps) and auto-negotiation to 4 or 8 Gbps for synergy with existing switches, directors, and storage devices. With support for native FICON, High Performance FICON for z Systems servers (zHPF), and Fibre Channel Protocol (FCP), the IBM LinuxONE Emperor and IBM LinuxONE Rockhopper servers enable you to position your SAN for even higher performance -- helping you to prepare for an end-to-end 16 Gbps infrastructure to meet the lower latency and increased bandwidth demands of your applications.

The FICON Express16S channel will work with your existing fiber optic cabling environment, both single-mode and multimode optical cables. The FICON Express16S feature running at end-to-end 16 Gbps link speeds will provide reduced latency for large read/write operations and increased bandwidth compared to the FICON Express8S feature.

Increased performance for the zHPF protocol: In laboratory measurements using FICON Express16S in an IBM enterprise server with the zHPF protocol and small data transfer I/O operations, FICON Express16S operating at 16 Gbps achieved a maximum of 98,000 IOs/sec. In laboratory measurements, using FICON Express16S in an IBM enterprise server with the zHPF protocol and a mix of large sequential read and write data transfer I/O operations, FICON Express16S operating at 16 Gbps achieved a maximum throughput of 2600 MB/sec (reads + writes) compared to a maximum of 1600 MB/sec (reads + writes) achieved with FICON Express8S operating at 8 Gbps. This represents an approximately 63% increase. This performance data was measured in a controlled environment running an I/O driver program under z/OS. The actual throughput or performance that any user will experience will vary depending upon considerations such as the amount of multiprogramming in the user's job stream, the I/O configuration, the storage configuration, and the workload processed.

Increased performance for the FCP protocol: A FICON Express16S feature, when defined as CHPID type FCP, conforms to the Fibre Channel Protocol (FCP) standard to support attachment of SCSI devices, to complement the classical storage attachment supported by FICON and zHPF channels.

In laboratory measurements using FICON Express16S in an IBM enterprise server with the FCP protocol for small data transfer I/O operations, FICON Express16S operating at 16 Gbps achieved a maximum of 110,000 IOs/sec compared to the maximum of 92,000 IOs/sec achieved with FICON Express8S operating at 8 Gbps.

In laboratory measurements using FICON Express16S in an IBM enterprise server with the FCP protocol and FICON Express16S operating at 16 Gbps, FICON Express16S achieved a maximum throughput of 2560 MB/sec (reads + writes) compared to the maximum of 1600 MB/sec (reads + writes) achieved with FICON Express8S operating at 8 Gbps. This represents approximately a 60% increase. The actual throughput or performance that any user will experience will vary depending upon considerations such as the amount of multiprogramming in the user's job stream, the I/O configuration, the storage configuration, and the workload processed.

With the introduction of the FICON Express16S in an IBM LinuxONE server operating using the FCP protocol, several recommended and allowable operating characteristic values have increased, which will enable additional workload consolidation. Specifically, the recommended maximum number of NPIV hosts defined to any single physical FCP channel has increased from 32 to 64, the allowable maximum number of remote N_Ports a single physical channel can communicate with has increased from 512 to 1024, and the maximum number of LUNs addressable by a single physical channel has increased from 4096 to 8192. In support of these increases, the FCP channels have also been designed to now support 1528 concurrent I/O operations, an increase from the prior generation FCP channel limit of 764.

The FCP protocol is supported by LinuxONE Systems. Refer to the Software requirements section.

16Gb FICON and FC host adapters on IBM DS8880: Improve SAN performance and resiliency with faster 16Gb Fibre Channel and FICON host adapters on DS8880. For DB2 log writes, these new host adapters will help to improve the efficiency of the 16 Gbps zHPF and heritage FICON to reduce large log write latency, resulting in DB2 transactional latency improvements for applications and middleware, including SAP. For managed file transfer with Connect Direct these new host adapters can help to reduce elapsed times. In addition, I/O-bound batch jobs will see improved lapsed times.

FCP SAN Explorer: A new function is available on the HMC through the Problem Determination panels that provides a centralized view of SAN facilities available to an FCP channel. The tool facilitates configuration setting and debugging without requiring an operating system to be running. It does require the IBM LinuxONE Emperor and IBM LinuxONE Rockhopper to have completed an Initial Machine Load (IML) and the partitions of interest to be activated. The tool can also operate concurrently with customer I/O workloads in a nondisruptive manner. It provides an operator with a layered view of the SAN environment. Specifically, device numbers (hosts) assigned to a partition, the fabric zone members available to the host, the remote end port error statistics, the accessible logical unit numbers (LUNs), and basic LUN configuration information can be queried and displayed using this tool. This data can also optionally be exported in CSV format.

Cleaning discipline for FICON Express16S fiber optic cabling

With the introduction of 16 Gbps link data rates, it is even more critical to ensure your fiber optic cabling infrastructure performs as expected. With proper fiber optic cleaning and maintenance, you can be assured that the "data gets through." With 16 Gbps link data rates over multimode fiber optic cabling, link loss budgets and distances are reduced. Single-mode fiber optic cabling is more "reflection sensitive." With high link data rates and single-mode fiber optic cabling there is also less margin for error. The cabling is no longer scratch-tolerant and contaminants such as dust and oil can present a problem. To keep the data flowing, proper handling of fiber trunks and jumper cables is critical as well as thorough cleaning of fiber optic connectors. Work with your data center personnel or IBM personnel to ensure you have fiber optic cleaning procedures in place.

Enabling the transition to FICON Express16S with Forward Error Correction (FEC)

Even with proper fiber optic cable cleaning discipline, errors can still occur on 16 Gbps links. FEC is a technique used for controlling errors in data transmission over unreliable or noisy communication channels. FICON Express16S channels running at 16 Gbps can take advantage of Forward Error Correction capabilities when connected to devices that support FEC. FEC allows FICON Express16S channels to operate at higher speeds, over longer distances, with reduced power and higher throughput, while retaining the same reliability and robustness that FICON channels have traditionally been known for. Clients should see fewer I/O errors, thus easing the transition to 16 Gbps links and reducing potential impact to production workloads caused by I/O errors.

Forward Error Correction Codes support on 16Gbps adapters on IBM DS8880:

For Peer to Peer Remote Copies, FEC helps to preserve data reliability. This enhancement is designed to provide the equivalent reliability improvement as doubling the optical signal strength.

FICON Dynamic Routing

With IBM LinuxONE Emperor and IBM LinuxONE Rockhopper servers, FICON channels do not have to use static SAN routing policies for ISLs for cascaded FICON Directors. The LinuxONE feature that supports dynamic routing in the SAN is called FICON Dynamic Routing (FIDR). It is designed to support the dynamic routing policies provided by the FICON Director manufacturers, for example, Brocade's Exchange Based Routing (EBR) and Cisco's Open Exchange ID Routing (OxID). Check with the switch provider for their support statement.

FICON Dynamic Routing can help clients reduce costs by having the ability to share SANs between their FICON and FCP traffic, improve performance due to SAN dynamic routing policies that better exploit all the available ISL bandwidth through higher utilization of the ISLs, and simplify management of their SAN fabrics due to routing policies assigning different ISL routes with each power-onreset, which makes the SAN fabric performance difficult to predict. Clients will need to ensure that all devices in their FICON SAN support FICON Dynamic Routing before they implement this feature.

FICON Dynamic Routing on IBM DS8880 and IBM DS8884 enables clients to use SAN dynamic routing policies across cascaded FICON Directors to simplify configuration and capacity planning, and to provide persistent and repeatable performance and higher resiliency. In Peer to Peer Remote Copy configurations, sharing of switches is simplified and hardware costs can be reduced by allowing FICON and FCP to share the same switch infrastructure. IBM's Metro Mirror technology uses FCP as the transport.

Improved High Performance FICON for z Systems (zHPF) I/O execution at distance

High Performance FICON for z Systems (zHPF) has been enhanced to allow all large write operations (> 64 KB) at distances up to 100 km to be executed in a single round trip to the control unit, thereby not elongating the I/O service time for these write operations at extended distances.

zHPF Extended Distance II on IBM DS8880: zHPF Extended Distance II allows customers to achieve service level agreements after a disaster or when a storage control unit failure causes a HyperSwap event. This capability is required especially for GDPS HyperSwap configurations where the secondary DASD subsystem is in another site. For multisite configurations, the zHPF Extended Distance II feature can help to reduce the impact of distance on I/O response times, increasing remote data transfer with better performance when writing data remotely (remote site recovery).

Export / import physical port WWPNs for FCP channels

LinuxONE servers automatically assign worldwide port names (WWPNs) to the physical ports of an FCP channel based upon the Physical Channel ID (PCHID), and this WWPN assignment changes when an FCP channel is moved to a different physical slot position. LinuxONE will allow for the modification of these default assignments, allowing FCP channels to keep previously assigned WWPNs, even after being moved to a different slot position. This capability can eliminate the need for reconfiguration of the SAN in many situations, and is especially helpful on a system upgrade.

Improved channel subsystem (CSS) scalability

The IBM LinuxONE Emperor has channel subsystem (CSS) scalability with support for six logical channel subsystems (LCSSs) which are required to support the eighty-five LPARs for IBM LinuxONE Emperor, four subchannel sets (to support more devicesper logical channel subsystem), and 32K devices per FCP channel. Additionally, a fourth subchannel set for each logical channel subsystem (LCSS) is provided to facilitate elimination of single points of failure for storage after a disk failure by simplifying the exploitation of IBM's DS8870 Multi-target Metro Mirror storage replication with TPC-R HyperSwap.

The IBM LinuxONE Rockhopper channel subsystem (CSS) scalability will support up to three logical channel subsystems (LCSSs) which are required to support the forty LPARs for IBM LinuxONE Rockhopper, three subchannel sets (to support more devices per logical channel subsystem), and 32K devices per FCP channel. Additionally, a third subchannel set for each logical channel subsystem (LCSS) is provided to facilitate elimination of single points of failure for storage after a disk failure by simplifying the exploitation of IBM's DS8880 Multi-target Metro Mirror storage replication with TPC-R HyperSwap.

Refer to the Software requirements sections.

Fibre Channel Read Diagnostic Parameter extended link service (ELS) support

A new extended link service (ELS) command called Read Diagnostic Parameter (RDP) has been added to the Fibre Channel T11 standard to allow IBM LinuxONE servers to obtain additional diagnostic data from the Small Form Factor Pluggable (SFP) optics located throughout the SAN fabric. The ultimate goal of the RDP will be to improve the accuracy of identifying a failed or failing component without unnecessarily replacing additional components in the SAN fabric (FICON cards, optics, cables, and so on).

LinuxONE FCP channels and the IOP code will provide a means to read this additional diagnostic data for all the ports accessed in the I/O configuration and make the data available to a LinuxONE partition. For LinuxONE, z/VM, and KVM for IBM z Systems clients utilizing FCP channels, this diagnostic data will be available in a new panel in the SAN Explorer tool.

The initial RDP support will be for data collection and display only. In the future, IBM will investigate the possibility of doing analysis on this collected data.

10GbE RoCE Express

The 10 Gigabit Ethernet (10GbE) RoCE Express feature can be used in a LinuxONE system to provide an alternative to the Open Systems Adapter (OSA) for 10GbE Ethernet communications. Utilizing Single Root I/O Virtualization (SR-IOV), a single adapter can be shared across 31 Linux images.

STP - Time synchronization

Server Time Protocol (STP) is designed to allow events occurring in different servers to be properly sequenced in time. STP is designed for servers that need time synchronization.

STP is a server-wide facility that is implemented in the Licensed Internal Code (LIC), presenting a single view of time to Processor Resource/Systems Manager(TM)(PR/SM(TM)). STP uses a message-based protocol in which timekeeping information is passed over externally definedlinks between servers. The STP design introduced a concept called Coordinated Timing Network (CTN), a collection of servers that are time-synchronized to a time value called Coordinated Server Time. A CTN can be configured as an STP-only CTN.

STP enhancements

  • Initialize Time Panel enhanced to list time zone and leap second offset as well as to indicate if the system time was set; this enables users to quickly check fields during CTN configuration.
  • Set Date and Time Panel enhanced to encourage use of External Time Source to set CTN time.
  • Time Zone panel enhanced with confirmation messages when setting STP time zone via adjust Time Zone panel on Current Time Server (CTS); also lists scheduled switch times for leap seconds and time zone/daylight savings time on Timing Network Tab.
  • Support added for view-only STP.

IBM Wave for z/VM

IBM Wave for z/VM (IBM Wave) dramatically simplifies the management of virtualized environments into an intuitive experience, to help reduce the cost and skills of managing z/VM and Linux environments on LinuxONE servers.

IBM Wave's intelligent visualization of the virtual server environment and physical infrastructure provides intuitive management of physical servers, z/VM, Linux guests, and other resources. IBM Wave provides the necessary capabilities for virtual server provisioning and can readily scale as you grow your entire enterprise. With IBM Wave, you can rapidly gain insight into your entire virtualized infrastructure topology at a glance and also accelerate the path to a highly virtualized cloud infrastructure.

IBM Wave Release 2 further expands the capabilities by delivering increased support for Linux distributions and devices, reporting and auditing, as well as enterprise-grade security and performance enhancements. The Statements of Direction for enhanced audit logging and IBM Wave server support on RHEL 7 and SLES 12 distributions have been fulfilled with the latest service update in December 2015.

IBM Wave is a comprehensive management tool designed for administrators, operators, system programmers, and more. It is now included in several virtualization solutions on LinuxONE and IBM Infrastructure Suite.

IBM Wave is developed using lean and agile principles, providing enhancements and new function on an ongoing basis. These enhancements are made available via periodic service packs.

z/VM support for the IBM LinuxONE Driver D27:

  • With the PTF for APAR VM65577, z/VM V6.2 and V6.3 provide guest exploitation support for Crypto Express5S, support for > 16 Crypto Express domains, and guest exploitation support for the new Regional Crypto Enablement adapters. The PTF for APAR VM65577 is available.
  • With the PTF for APAR VM65716, planned to be available by March 10, 2016, z/VM V6.2 and V6.3 provide support for the following:
    • LPAR Group Absolute Capacity Capping, enabling each partition to consume capacity up to its individual limit so long as the group's aggregate consumption does not exceed its absolute capacity limit.
  • With the PTF for APAR VM65716, planned to be available by March 10, 2016, z/VM V6.3 will provide support for the following:
    • Dynamic Memory Management improved efficiency when a dynamic memory upgrade uses only a portion of the reserved main storage for the partition by initializing and clearing just the amount of storage requested.

z/VM support for the IBM LinuxONE Vector Facility

With the PTF for APAR VM65733, z/VM V6.3 enables guests to exploit the Vector Facility for z/Architecture (SIMD). The Vector Facility instructions provide a powerful framework for development of new Business Analytics workloads, porting numerically intensive workloads from other platforms, and accelerating Business Analytics workloads on IBM LinuxONE servers. The PTF is planned to be available by March 11, 2016.

z/VM SMT support

With the PTF for APAR VM65586, z/VM provides host exploitation support for SMT on IBM LinuxONE Emperor and IBM LinuxONE Rockhopper, which will enable z/VM to dispatch work on up to two threads (logical CPUs) of an IFL processor core. z/VM simultaneous multithreading support is enabled only for IFL processors in a Linux only mode or z/VM mode logical partition.

z/VM exploitation of SMT enables z/VM on IBM LinuxONE to dispatch work on an individual thread of a core, allowing a core to be shared by two guest CPUs or z/VM Control Program tasks. This can result in increased throughput per core from more efficient use of shared core resources.

Simultaneous multithreading support is available on a z/VM system only if the facility is installed on the hardware and enabled on the z/VM system with the MULTITHREADING system configuration statement. The MULTITHREADING statement is optional, and multithreading is disabled if the statement is omitted.

z/VM host simultaneous multithreading exploitation support does not virtualize threads for guest exploitation. However, Linux guests may benefit from the host support because the first-level z/VM system is able to achieve higher throughput from the multithreaded IFL cores.

z/VM CPU pools provide a mechanism for limiting the CPU resources consumed by a group of virtual machines to a specific capacity. In an environment without SMT, these capacities are enforced in terms of a number of cores. In an SMT environment, unless the PTF for APAR VM65680 is applied, these capacities are enforced in terms of a number of threads. Consequently, it might be necessary to increase the capacities of CPU pools, in order to provide adequate resource to CPU pool members. IBM recommends applying the PTF for APAR VM65680 if SMT is enabled.

z/VM multi-VSwitch link aggregation support

With the PTFs for APARs VM65583 and PI21053, z/VM V6.3 provides multi-VSwitch link aggregation support, allowing a port group of OSA-Express features to span multiple virtual switches within a single z/VM system or between multiple z/VM systems. Sharing a link aggregation port group (LAG) with multiple virtual switches increases optimization and utilization of the OSA-Express when handling larger traffic loads. Higher adapter utilization protects customer investments, which is increasingly important as 10 gigabit deployments become more prevalent. With this support, a port group is no longer required to be dedicated to a single virtual switch.

KVM for IBM z Systems provides open source virtualization for the IBM LinuxONE servers.

KVM for IBM z Systems and IBM LinuxONE systems enhancements

  • Simultaneous multithreading (SMT) exploitation for higher compute capacity and improved TCO.
  • Updated Hypervisor Performance Management (HPM) for SMT exploitation to enhance policy-driven performance.
  • Ability of guests to exploit the Vector Facility for z/Architecture (SIMD) to accelerate analytics type workloads.
  • Hypervisor enhancements including support for iSCSI and NFS.
  • Crypto exploitation to leverage hardware acceleration for cryptographic functions, improving TCO.
  • Enhanced RAS capabilities:
    • Improved first failure data capture (FFDC) for easier problem determination.
    • Hypervisor and guest watchdog support for improved high availability configuration.
    • Unattended installation capability of hypervisor for ease of installation.

Hardware Management Console (HMC)

Absolute Capping of an LPAR Group

Absolute capping for an LPAR group will be provided on LinuxONE servers. Absolute Capping of an LPAR Group ensures that software licensing terms and conditions related to capacity are always met.

This feature provides the ability to define an absolute capping value for an entire LPAR group. The absolute cap value is specified to hundredths of a processor. A separate absolute cap value by processor type is supported within the group. When absolute capping is specified for a group this works independently of the Group Capacity value, and that LPAR Group Absolute Capping value will act as an additional control to truly enforce a maximum limit on capacity for the LPAR group.

Removal of Java Applet HMC task implementations

In the HMC 2.13.1 release, the implementations of the Operating System Messages, Integrated 3270 Console, Integrated ASCII Console, and Text Console customer tasks have been migrated from a Java Applet base to a remote browser execution scheme so that those tasks will no longer be affected by changes of Java levels on the remote workstations. In some cases the look and feel of those tasks will change slightly.

In addition, the Integrated 3270 Console has been enhanced. When multiple remote users are connected into the same HMC or different HMCs for a specific LPAR, any remote user will be able to take control of the Integrated 3270 Console session.

The changes to remove Java Applet implementations for the Operating System Messages, Integrated 3270 Console, and Integrated ASCII Console will be patched to the HMC 2.12.1 code level around the time that the HMC 2.13.1 is released. Note that the patches will slightly change the appearance and controls of the tasks being patched.

HMC 2.13.0 as well as 2.12.1 customers can take full advantage of the new implementation approach by upgrading to HMC 2.13.1.

OSA-ICC support for Secure Sockets Layer

Previously, IBM advised all customers who need a secure connection to install a VPN device between their server and client infrastructure. To avoid this requirement, TLS/SSL with Certificate Authentication will be added to the HMC/SE support OSC CHPID to provide a secure and validated method for connecting clients to the LinuxONE host.

The HMC/SE support has a new Secure TCP port field added for each LAN port on the Edit Server Configuration panel. Additionally, the Card Specific Advanced Facilities will be updated to handle the certificate management.

ASCII translation for Display/Alter storage display

On LinuxONE servers, Display/Alter will display an EBCDIC translation of storage to the user in addition to a hex display of the data. In HMC 2.13.1 the user will now also be able to view an ASCII translation of storage. This is very useful for operating LinuxONE systems that handle text in ASCII.

ASHRAE class A3 for robustness, data center flexibility, and energy savings

The LinuxONE Rockhopper is rated for the ASHRAE class A3 environment for all models and configurations. Class A3 allows a wider operating temperature range (including up to 40 degrees C inlet air), as well as a wider humidity range than the previous generation's class A2 rating. This provides significant additional system robustness and safety margin for data center cooling and humidity control failures. It allows installation in a wider range of data centers, including lower-cost data centers. Energy savings are enabled in multiple ways. The increased temperature and humidity range provides the opportunity to use compressor-less cooling solutions in many locales. Additionally, the expanded temperature range allows for a data center to run at a higher temperature for some time periods with high external temperatures, reducing the required cooling infrastructure and energy usage.

Accessibility by people with disabilities

A U.S. Section 508 Voluntary Product Accessibility Template (VPAT) containing details on accessibility compliance can be requested at

http://www.ibm.com/able/product_accessibility/index.html

Section 508 of the US Rehabilitation Act

IBM z13, IBM z13s, IBM LinuxONE Emperor, and IBM LinuxONE Rockhopper servers are capable on delivery, when used in accordance with IBM's associated documentation, of satisfying the applicable requirements of Section 508 of the Rehabilitation Act, provided that any assistive technology used with the product properly interoperates with it. A US Section 508 Voluntary Product Accessibility Template (VPAT) can be requested via IBM's website at the following URL:

http://www.ibm.com/able/product_accessibility/index.html

IBM makes no representation about the Section 508 status of these third party products included in this offering. Contact the vendor for specific, current information on the Section 508 status of these products.
Back to topBack to top
 

Product positioning

IBM z13s

The latest member of the IBM z Systems family, the z13s, is designed to deliver new levels of performance and capacity for small to mid-size companies; whereas the z13 is targeted to larger companies. From the microprocessor to the software that exploits it, the z13 and z13s are designed to enable the digital era for hybrid cloud, mobile, and advanced analytics capabilities. Users are able to efficiently store, manage, retrieve, and analyze vast amounts of data for business insight without unnecessary cost or complexity. Additionally, z13s and z13 both bring trusted security and reliability at every level for critical business processes and applications, and protect data that is the most valuable resource of your business.

Analytics offers the opportunity to anticipate demand and infuse systematic processing into every new solution. A key value is the integration of analytics with business-critical transactions to deliver real-time insights for the next best action, at the most impactful time. Examples include being able to send offers to shoppers based on loyalty status and buying history, or providing up-sell or cross-sell opportunities, or understanding the potential for fraud when your client's credit card is being used inconsistently with prior purchases or in locations not consistent with the client's physical location. The z13s offers up to 4 TB of RAIM memory while the z13 offers up to 10 TB of RAIM memory; both offer 2x system I/O bandwidth. Both on-chip and feature compression help to serve up more of the right data at the critical point of impact. The z13 and z13s are designed for real-time transactional analytics.

Mobile applications are no longer just about consumer applications; they are enabling how we transact business and do our jobs. They are now connected to the Internet of things, gathering data and transacting with not only smartphones, but numerous other devices that sense and monitor physical conditions, machines, and infrastructure. What used to be a single retail banking transaction that would have involved an account lookup and withdrawal, has been transformed into something else, often kicking off 10x or more incremental transactions to improve the client experience and offer your business the opportunity to conduct more business. To keep up with the volume and pace of supporting mobile applications, you need a backend infrastructure that is fast, accurate, and secure. z13s can scale up to 20 configurable cores, z13 can scale up to 141 configurable cores, and both include intelligent I/O with workload management, enhanced error correction capability, and improved recovery. Both z13 and z13s offer next-generation security enhancements including a performance improvement on the Crypto Express5S to support the mobile world. z13s and z13 are designed for secure transactional growth.

Everyone is looking for ways to leverage the cloud and to provide greater levels of efficiency through new IT delivery models. City governments can ensure effective administration of citizen services. Universities can provide students virtual desktops with flexible, reliable, and secure access. Insurers can rapidly develop and provide new offerings at lower costs. But challenges exist in scale, speed, and management of cloud deployments. z13s is designed for scaling with throughput improvement for Integrated Facility for Linux and IBM z Integrated Information Processor specialty engines using simultaneous multithreading. Simultaneous multithreading is also available on z13s. z13s and z13 deliver the infrastructure with z Systems qualities of service for enterprise-grade Linux on either z/VM or KVM for IBM z. IBM zAware can now proatively detect anomalies in message logs for Linux on z Systems to provide an improved availability solution to help maximize service levels. With z13s and z13, IBM is committed to open standards and has enhanced sharing of I/O and networking features. Implementation of the GDPS Appliance for Linux offers business continuity in support of cloud. z13s and z13 enable the rapid and flexible development and delivery of new offerings and are designed for efficiency and trusted hybrid cloud services.

z13s and z13 continue to provide heterogeneous platform investment protection with the updated IBM z BladeCenter(R) Extension (zBX) Model 004 and IBM z Unified Resource Manager. Enhancements to the zBX include the uncoupling of the zBX from the server and installing redundant Support Elements (SEs) into the zBX. zBX Model 002 and Model 003 can be upgraded to the zBX Model 004.

IBM LinuxONE

IBM LinuxONE is built to be the backbone of the mobile era, setting new standards in transaction volume, speed, resilience, and trust. It scales to support 30 billion web transactions a day without fail. It's designed to deliver fast subsecond response times, and dependability which means it's a system designed not to fail. With the highest level of security certification for commercial servers in the industry, clients can trust LinuxONE. What does this mean for your business? It means not making your customers wait, being sure your data is protected, and never giving your competitors a chance because your IT solution failed to deliver.

LinuxONE is designed to provide a robust, securable, available Linux-focused platform for mission-critical workloads, and to deliver the scale for new app economy deployments via mobile or the cloud. LinuxONE builds on a strong heritage of enterprise platform development within IBM focused on Linux and shares components with other IBM systems offerings. While the processor, memory, and cache are shared components with z Systems, and the I/O subsystem leverages POWER processors, the user experience is very different.

One example is Elastic Pricing, which is available only on LinuxONE systems. As Linux infrastructure buyers decide on which infrastucture to deploy their application on, they have a choice between on-premises and off-premises infrastructures. LinuxONE Elastic Pricing plays a role in this analysis and is designed to give buyers the ability to pay as they grow in a cloud-pricing model for on-premises infrastructure. Another example is how LinuxONE systems come bundled with IBM Resiliency analytics for LinuxONE (orderable as IBM zAware) and IBM Wave (if purchased with z/VM).

The commonality of components is a thing to be embraced as it enables IBM to leverage the best components in the industry to deliver different solutions focused on different requirements being driven by different market dynamics.

LinuxONE can leverage the best of the IBM Systems portfolio and package these components to deliver the best platform for the dynamics of open source applications and databases such as MongoDB, PostgreSQL, MariaDB, and Cloudant, delivered on Linux as an operating system, be that Red Hat, SUSE, or Ubuntu, all the time being laser focused on performance, availability, scale, and security.
Back to topBack to top
 

Models

Model summary matrix

Model PU Memory (Note 1) GX++ IO Fanouts PCI IO Fanouts IO Drawer (Notes 2,3) PCIe IO Drawer (Note 3)
N10 1 to 10 64 to 984 GB 2 0 to 4 0 to 1 0 to 1
N20 1 to 20 64 to 2008 GB 4 0 to 8 0 to 1 0 to 2
N20 2 drawer 1 to 20 64 to 4056 GB 8 0 to 16 0 to 1 0 to 2

Note:

  1. An additional 40 GB of memory is shipped and reserved for HSA. One additional memory channel is dedicated for RAIM. Every fifth DIMM configured is reserved for this purpose.

  2. Carry forward only.

  3. N20 2-drawer limited to 1 I/O drawer + 1 PCIe I/O drawer or 2 PCIe I/O drawers

Processor Unit Summary

Listed below are the minimums and maximums of processor units (PUs) that may be purchased permanently. The 26 feature numbers for the CPs are not listed.

Model Total PUs Available for use PCPs Min/Max IFLs (#1924) Min/Max uIFLs (#1928) Min/Max ICFs (#1925) Min/Max zIIPs (#1927) Min/Max Additional SAPs (#1926) Min/Max
N10 10 0 to 6 0 to 10 0 to 9 0 to 10 0 to 6 0 to 2
N20 20 0 to 6 0 to 20 0 to 19 0 to 20 0 to 12 0 to 3

Note:

  1. A z13s supports 156 capacity settings.

  2. One CP, One Integrated Facility for Linux (IFL) (#1924) or Internal Coupling Facility (ICF) (#1925) is required for any z13s model; one IFL (#1924) or one ICF (#1925) is required if zero CPs is selected.

  3. The total number of PUs purchased cannot exced the total number available for that model.

  4. One CP, one IFL (#1924), or one ICF (#1925) must be installed with the installation of any uIFLs or prior to the installation of any uIFLs.

  5. One CP must be installed with the installation of any zIIPs or prior to the installation of any zIIPs.

  6. The total number of zIIPs (#1927) purchased cannot exceed twice the number of CPs purchased for any machine.

  7. There are zero spares on the N10 model. There are two spares on the N20 model.

  8. There are two SAPs on the N10 model and three SAPs on the N20 model provided as standard.

Customer setup (CSU)

Customer setup is NOT available on this machine.

Devices supported

The hardware requirements for the IBM z Systems and its features and functions are identified. A new driver level is required. HMC (V2.13.1) plus MCLs and the Support Element (V2.13.1) are available on March 10, 2016.

You should review the PSP buckets for minimum Machine Change Levels (MCLs) and software PTF levels before IPLing operating systems.

Peripheral hardware and device attachments

IBM devices previously attached to IBM System z10 BC, z114, zBC12 and zSeries servers are supported for attachment to IBM z13s channels, unless otherwise noted. The subject I/O devices must meet the FICON and Fibre Channel Protocol (FCP) architectures to be supported. I/O devices that meet OEMI architecture requirements are supported only using an external converter. Prerequisite Engineering Change Levels may be required. For further detail, contact IBM service personnel.

While the z13s supports devices as described above, IBM does not commit to provide support or service for an IBM device that has reached its End of Service effective date as announced by IBM.

Note: IBM cannot confirm the accuracy of performance, compatibility, or any other claims related to non-IBM products. Questions regarding the capabilities of non-IBM products should be addressed to the suppliers of those products.

Information on switches and directors qualified for IBM z Systems FICON and FCP channels can be found in the Library section of Resource Link.

https://www.ibm.com/servers/resourcelink

Model conversions

From To    Description
---- ----- ----------- ----- --- ----------------------
M/T  Model M/T         Model
---- ----- ----------- ----- --- ----------------------
2818 M05   2965        N10   (4) M05 to N10
2818 M05   2965        N20   (4) M05 to N20
2818 M10   2965        N10   (4) M10 to N10
2818 M10   2965        N20   (4) M10 to N20
 
 
2828 H06   2965        N10   (4) H06 to N10
2828 H06   2965        N20   (4) H06 to N20
2828 H13   2965        N10   (4) H13 to N10
2828 H13   2965        N20   (4) H13 to N20
 
 
2965 N10   2965        N20   (4) N10 to N20
2965 N20   2964        N30   (4) N20 to N30 air
 
2965 L10   2965        L20   (4) L10 to L20
 
2965 L10   2965        N10   (4) L10 to N10
2965 L10   2965        N20   (4) L10 to N20
2965 L20   2965        N20   (4) L20 to N20
 
2964 L30   2964        L63   (4) L30 air to L63 air
2964 L30   2964        L96   (4) L30 air to L96 air
2964 L30   2964        LC9   (4) L30 air to LC9 air
2964 L30   2964        LE1   (4) L30 air to LE1 air
2964 L63   2964        L96   (4) L63 air to L96 air
2964 L63   2964        LC9   (4) L63 air to LC9 air
2964 L63   2964        LE1   (4) L63 air to LE1 air
2964 L96   2964        LC9   (4) L96 air to LC9 air
2964 L96   2964        LE1   (4) L96 air to LE1 air
2964 LC9   2964        LE1   (4) LC9 air to LE1 air
 
2964 L30   2964        L63   (4) L30 water to L63 water
2964 L30   2964        L96   (4) L30 water to L96 water
2964 L30   2964        LC9   (4) L30 water to LC9 water
2964 L30   2964        LE1   (4) L30 water to LE1 water
2964 L63   2964        L96   (4) L63 water to L96 water
2964 L63   2964        LC9   (4) L63 water to LC9 water
2964 L63   2964        LE1   (4) L63 water to LE1 water
2964 L96   2964        LC9   (4) L96 water to LC9 water
2964 L96   2964        LE1   (4) L96 water to LE1 water
2964 LC9   2964        LE1   (4) LC9 water to LE1 water
 
2964 L30   2964        N30   (4) L30 air to N30 air
2964 L30   2964        N63   (4) L30 air to N63 air
2964 L30   2964        N96   (4) L30 air to N96 air
2964 L30   2964        NC9   (4) L30 air to NC9 air
2964 L30   2964        NE1   (4) L30 air to NE1 air
2964 L63   2964        N63   (4) L63 air to N63 air
2964 L63   2964        N96   (4) L63 air to N96 air
2964 L63   2964        NC9   (4) L63 air to NC9 air
2964 L63   2964        NE1   (4) L63 air to NE1 air
2964 L96   2964        N96   (4) L96 air to N96 air
2964 L96   2964        NC9   (4) L96 air to NC9 air
2964 L96   2964        NE1   (4) L96 air to NE1 air
2964 LC9   2964        NC9   (4) LC9 air to NC9 air
2964 LC9   2964        NE1   (4) LC9 air to NE1 air
2964 LE1   2964        NE1   (4) LE1 air to NE1 air
 
2964 L30   2964        N30   (4) L30 water to N30 water
2964 L30   2964        N63   (4) L30 water to N63 water
2964 L30   2964        N96   (4) L30 water to N96 water
2964 L30   2964        NC9   (4) L30 water to NC9 water
2964 L30   2964        NE1   (4) L30 water to NE1 water
2964 L63   2964        N63   (4) L63 water to N63 water
2964 L63   2964        N96   (4) L63 water to N96 water
2964 L63   2964        NC9   (4) L63 water to NC9 water
2964 L63   2964        NE1   (4) L63 water to NE1 water
2964 L96   2964        N96   (4) L96 water to N96 water
2964 L96   2964        NC9   (4) L96 water to NC9 water
2964 L96   2964        NE1   (4) L96 water to NE1 water
2964 LC9   2964        NC9   (4) LC9 water to NC9 water
2964 LC9   2964        NE1   (4) LC9 water to NE1 water
2964 LE1   2964        NE1   (4) LE1 water to NE1 water

Note: (4) Parts removed or replaced become the property of IBM and must be returned.

Feature conversions

The feature conversion list for IBM z13s is now available in the Library section of Resource Link.

This list can be obtained at Resource Link by accessing the following website

http://www.ibm.com/servers/resourcelink/lib03011.nsf/ pages/2965FeatureConversions?OpenDocument

Using the instructions on the Resource Link panels, obtain a user ID and password. Resource Link has been designed for easy access and navigation.
Back to topBack to top
 

Technical description
TOC Link Physical specifications TOC Link Operating environment TOC Link Limitations
TOC Link Hardware requirements TOC Link Software requirements


Physical specifications

Physical specifications - IBM z13s or IBM LinuxONE Rockhopper Single Frame Air Cooled Machine

Dimensions (rounded to the nearest 0.1" or 0.1 cm):

Systems with all covers

                               Depth Width Height
------------------------------ ----- ----- ------
Inches                         63.0  31.0  79.3
Centimeter                     160.0 78.7  201.3
Inches (O/H IO cable exit)     63.0  36.6  84.8(5)
Centimeter (O/H IO cable exit) 160.0 93.0  215.3

Note: (5) The height with overhead I/O cable exit differs from the standard height only with the optional optical cable organizer feature installed.

Systems with all covers and height reduction

           Depth Width Height
---------- ----- ----- ------
Inches     63.0  31.0  70.3
Centimeter 160.0 78.7  178.5

Approximate weight:

System with IBF feature

                       New     New
                       Build   Build
                       Minimum Maximum
                       System  System
                       Weight  Weight
---------------------- ------- -------- -------- ----
Model N10 (Min. # of   Model   Model    ModelL20
CPC Drawer Coupling    L10 (1  N20 with with 2nd
Fanouts, No I/O        I/O     2nd CPC  CPC
Drawer)                Drawer) Drawer(6)drawer(6)
                               (Max #   (Max #
                               of CPC   of I/O
                               Drawer   Drawers)
                               Coupling
                               Fanouts,
                               Max # of
                               I/O
                               Drawers)
---------------------- ------- -------- -------- ----
kg                     792     873      1222     1215
lb                     1746    1925     2693     2679
kg (O/H IO cable exit) 828     909      1257     1251
lb (O/H IO cable exit) 1824    2003     2771     2757

System without IBF feature

                       New     New
                       Build   Build
                       Minimum Maximum
                       System  System
                       Weight  Weight
---------------------- ------- -------- -------- ----
Model N10 (Min. # of   Model   Model    ModelL20
CPC Drawer Coupling    L10 (1  N20 with with 2nd
Fanouts, No I/O        I/O     2nd CPC  CPC
Drawer)                Drawer) Drawer(6)drawer(6)
                               (Max #   (Max #
                               of CPC   of I/O
                               Drawer   Drawers)
                               Coupling
                               Fanouts,
                               Max # of
                               I/O
                               Drawers)
---------------------- ------- -------- -------- ----
kg                     697     778      1126     1120
lb                     1536    1715     2483     2469
kg (O/H IO cable exit) 732     813      1162     1155
lb (O/H IO cable exit) 1614    1793     2561     2547

Note: (6) Maximum system weight does not include mid-range Earthquake Kit feature (which weighs 120 lbs or 55 kg)

Physical specifications - IBM z13 or IBM LinuxONE Emperor Air Cooled Machine

Dimensions (rounded to the nearest 0.1" or 0.1 cm):

                               Depth Width Height
------------------------------ ----- ----- ------
Inches                         73.5  61.6  79.3
Centimeter                     186.7 156.5 201.3
Inches (O/H IO cable exit)     73.5  72.7  84.8(7)
Centimeter (O/H IO cable exit) 186.7 184.7 215.3

Note: (7) The height with overhead I/O cable exit differs from the standard height only with the optional optical cable organizer feature installed.

System with covers and reduction

           Depth Width Height
---------- ----- ----- ------
Inches     73.5  61.6  70.3
Centimeter 186.7 156.5 178.5

Each frame with one side cover and without packaging

           Depth Width Height
---------- ----- ----- ------
Inches     50.0  30.7  79.3
Centimeter 127.0 78.0  201.3

Each frame on casters with one side cover and with packaging (domestic)

           Depth Width Height
---------- ----- ----- ------
Inches     57.4  32.4  79.8
Centimeter 145.8 82.2  202.6

Each frame with one side cover and with packaging (ARBO crate)

           Depth Width Height
---------- ----- ----- ------
Inches     63.4  36.5  87.6
Centimeter 161.0 92.7  222.5

Approximate weight:

System with IBF feature

                       New     New
                       Build   Build
                       Minimum Maximum
                       System  System
                       Weight  Weight
---------------------- ------- -------- -------- ----
Model N30 (Min. # of   Model   Model    Model
CPC Drawer Coupling    L30 (1  NE1(8)   LE1(8)
Fanouts, No I/O        I/O     (Max #   (Max #
Drawer)                Drawer) of CPC   of I/O
                               Drawer   Drawers)
                               Coupling
                               Fanouts,
                               Max # of
                               I/O
                               Drawers)
---------------------- ------- -------- -------- ----
kg                     1513    1594     2714     2702
lb                     3334    3513     5983     5955
kg (O/H IO cable exit) 1584    1665     2785     2772
lb (O/H IO cable exit) 3490    3669     6139     6111

System without IBF feature

                       New     New
                       Build   Build
                       Minimum Maximum
                       System  System
                       Weight  Weight
---------------------- ------- -------- -------- ----
Model N30 (Min. # of   Model   Model    Model
CPC Drawer Coupling    L30 (1  NE1(8)   LE1(8)
Fanouts, No I/O        I/O     (Max #   (Max #
Drawer)                Drawer) of CPC   of I/O
                               Drawer   Drawers)
                               Coupling
                               Fanouts,
                               Max # of
                               I/O
                               Drawers)
---------------------- ------- -------- -------- ----
kg                     1310    1391     2410     2397
lb                     2887    3006     5313     5285
kg (O/H IO cable exit) 1381    1462     2481     2468
lb (O/H IO cable exit) 3043    3222     5469     5441

Note: (8) Maximum system weight does not include high-end Earthquake Kit feature (which weighs 180 lbs or 82 kg)

To ensure installability and serviceability in non-IBM industry-standard racks, review the installation planning information for any product-specific installation requirements.

The DC Power feature has no effect on the machine dimensions and weight.

Physical specifications - IBM z13or IBM LinuxONE Emperor Water Cooled Machine

Dimensions (rounded to the nearest 0.1" or 0.1 cm):

Depth                          Depth Width Height
------------------------------ ----- ----- ------
Inches                         77.5  61.6  79.3
Centimeter                     196.9 156.5 201.3
Inches (O/H IO cable exit)     77.5  72.7  84.8(9)
Centimeter (O/H IO cable exit) 196.9 184.7 215.3

Note: (9) The height with overhead I/O cable exit differs from the standard height only with the optional optical cable organizer feature installed.

System with covers and reduction

           Depth Width Height
---------- ----- ----- ------
Inches     77.5  61.6  70.3
Centimeter 196.9 156.5 178.5

Each frame with one side cover and without packaging

           Depth Width Height
---------- ----- ----- ------
Inches     54.0  30.7  79.3
Centimeter 137.2 78.0  201.3

Each frame on casters with one side cover and with packaging (domestic)

           Depth Width Height
---------- ----- ----- ------
Inches     61.4  32.4  79.8
Centimeter 156.0 82.2  202.6

Each frame with one side cover and with packaging (ARBO crate)

           Depth Width Height
---------- ----- ----- ------
Inches     68.0  36.5  87.6
Centimeter 172.7 92.7  222.5

Approximate weight:

System with IBF feature

                       New     New
                       Build   Build
                       Minimum Maximum
                       System  System
                       Model   Model
                       N30 or  NE1 or
                       L30 No  LE1 Max
                       I/O     # of
                       Drawer  I/O
                               Drawers
---------------------- ------- -------
kg                     1546    2737
lb                     3408    6034
kg (O/H IO cable exit) 1600    2791
lb (O/H IO cable exit) 3528    6154

System without IBF feature

                       New     New
                       Build   Build
                       Minimum Maximum
                       System  System
                       Model   Model
                       N30 or  NE1 Max
                       L30 No  # of
                       I/O     I/O
                       Drawer  Drawers
---------------------- ------- -------
kg                     1343    2433
lb                     2961    5363
kg (O/H IO cable exit) 1398    2487
lb (O/H IO cable exit) 3081    5483

To ensure installability and serviceability in non-IBM industry-standard racks, review the installation planning information for any product-specific installation requirements.

The DC Power feature has no effect on the machine dimensions and weight.

Physical specifications - IBM z BladeCenter Extension

Dimensions:

Each rack with standard covers as installed:

           Depth Width Height
---------- ----- ----- ------
Inches     43.3  25.5  79.8
Centimeter 109.9 64.8  202.7

Palletized rack (Americas)

           Depth Width Height
---------- ----- ----- ------
Inches     51.0  32.9  78.8
Centimeter 129.5 91.2  200.0

Palletized rack (Asia Pacific)

           Depth Width Height
---------- ----- ----- ------
Inches     51.0  32.9  83.6
Centimeter 129.5 91.2  212.5

Approximate weight per rack:

   Maximum
   System
   Model
   004
   with 28
   blades
   per
   rack
-- -------
kg 675
lb 1490

Operating environment

Operating environment - IBM z13s or IBM LinuxONE Rockhopper Single Frame Air Cooled Machine

  • Temperature:
    • 5(o)to 40(o)C (41(o)to 104(o)F) for all models up to 900 meters above sea level; maximum ambient reduces 1(o)C per 300 meters and 900 meters
  • Relative Humidity: 8% to 85%
  • Wet Bulb (Caloric Value): 28(o)C (82.4(o)F) Operating Mode
  • Max Dew Point: 24(o)C (75.2(o)F) Operating Mode
  • Electrical Power (maximum)
    Utility     N10 or   N20 or   N20 or    Power
                L10      L20      L20 (with Factor
                                  2nd CPC
                                  Drawer)
    ----------- -------- -------- --------- ------
    200-240 VAC 5.35 kVA 8.18 kVA 9.46 kVA  0.992
    380-415 VAC 5.67 kVA 8.65 kVA 9.89 kVA  0.951
    480 VAC     6.07 kVA 9.25 kVA 10.49 kVA 0.909
    400 VDC     5.28 kW  8.07 kW  9.29 kW   -
    
  • Capacity of Exhaust: 3050 cubic meters / hour (1820 CFM)
  • Noise level:
    • Typical Configuration (Model N20 or L20 1 Drawer)
      • Declared A-Weighted Sound Power Level, LWAd(B) = 7.4
      • Declared A-Weighted Sound Pressure Level, LpAm(dB) = 56
    • Maximum Configuration (Model N20 or L20 2 Drawers)
      • Declared A-Weighted Sound Power Level, LWAd(B) = 7.6
      • Declared A-Weighted Sound Pressure Level, LpAm(dB) = 58
  • Leakage and Starting Current: 30 mA / 85 A (approximately 100 microseconds)

To ensure installability and serviceability in non-IBM industry-standard racks, review the installation planning information for any product-specific installation requirements.

Operating environment - IBM z13 or IBM LinuxONE Emperor Air Cooled Machine

  • Temperature:
    • 10(o)to 35(o)C (50(o)to 95(o)F) for all models up to 900 meters above sea level; maximum ambient reduces 1(o)C per 300 meters and 900 meters
  • Relative Humidity: 20% to 80%
  • Wet Bulb (Caloric Value): 25(o)C (77(o)F) Operating Mode
  • Max Dew Point: 21(o)C (69.8(o)F) Operating Mode
  • Electrical Power (maximum)
    Utility     N30 or   N63 or   N96 or   NC9 or   NE1 or   Power
                L30      L63      L96      LC9      LE1      Factor
    ----------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ------
    200-240 VAC 9.9 kVA  18.0 kVA 22.4 kVA 27.1 kVA 27.4 kVA 0.996
    380-415 VAC 10.1 kVA 18.5 kVA 23.0 kVA 27.8 kVA 28.1 kVA 0.978
    480 VAC     10.5 kVA 19.1 kVA 23.8 kVA 28.8 kVA 29.1 kVA 0.958
    400 VDC     9.6 kW   17.6 kW  21.8 kW  26.4 kW  26.7 kW  -
    
  • Capacity of Exhaust: 6370 cubic meters / hour (3800 CFM)
  • Noise level:
    • Typical Configuration (Model N63 or L63)
      • Declared A-Weighted Sound Power Level, LWAd(B) = 7.8
      • Declared A-Weighted Sound Pressure Level, LpAm(dB) = 59
    • Maximum Configuration (Model NE1 or LE1)
      • Declared A-Weighted Sound Power Level, LWAd(B) = 8.2
      • Declared A-Weighted Sound Pressure Level, LpAm(dB) = 63
  • Leakage and Starting Current: 70 mA / 170 A (approximately 100 microseconds)

To ensure installability and serviceability in non-IBM industry-standard racks, review the installation planning information for any product-specific installation requirements.

Operating environment - IBM z13 or IBM LinuxONE Emperor Water Cooled Machine

  • Temperature:
    • 10(o)to 35(o)C (50(o)to 95(o)F) for all models up to 900 meters above sea level; maximum ambient reduces 1(o)C per 300 meters and 900 meters
  • Relative Humidity: 20% to 80%
  • Wet Bulb (Caloric Value): 25(o)C (77(o)F) Operating Mode
  • Max Dew Point: 21(o)C (69.8(o)F) Operating Mode
  • Electrical Power (maximum)
    Utility     N30 or   N63 or   N96 or   NC9 or   NE1 or   Power
                L30      L63      L96      LC9      LE1      Factor
    ----------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ------
    200-240 VAC 9.5 kVA  17.4 kVA 21.5 kVA 25.5 kVA 25.8 kVA 0.996
    380-415 VAC 9.7 kVA  17.8 kVA 22.0 kVA 26.2 kVA 26.4 kVA 0.978
    480 VAC     10.1 kVA 18.4 kVA 22.8 kVA 27.1 kVA 27.4 kVA 0.958
    400 VDC     9.2 kW   16.9 kW  20.9 kW  24.9 kW  25.1 kW  -
    
  • Capacity of Exhaust: 5950 cubic meters / hour (3500 CFM)
  • Noise level:
    • Typical Configuration (Model N63 or L63)
      • Declared A-Weighted Sound Power Level, LWAd(B) = 7.4
      • Declared A-Weighted Sound Pressure Level, LpAm(dB) = 57
    • Maximum Configuration (Model NE1 or LE1)
      • Declared A-Weighted Sound Power Level, LWAd(B) = 7.6
      • Declared A-Weighted Sound Pressure Level, LpAm(dB) = 60
  • Leakage and Starting Current: 70 mA / 170 A (approximately 100 microseconds)

To ensure installability and serviceability in non-IBM industry-standard racks, review the installation planning information for any product-specific installation requirements.

Operating environment - IBM z BladeCenter Extension

  • Temperature:
    • 10 to 32 degrees C (50 to 89 degrees F) for all models up to 900 meters above sea level; maximum ambient reduces 1 degree C per 300 meters above 900 meters
  • Relative Humidity: 8 to 80% (percent)
  • Wet Bulb (Caloric Value): 23 degrees C (73 degrees F) Operating Mode
  • Max Dew Point: 17 degrees C (62.6 degrees F) - Operating Mode
  • Electrical Power. All values are maximums for the specified solution size. Power factor is approximately unity for all cases.
    • 12.1 kW, 14 blades
    • 21.7 kW, 28 blades
    • 31.3 kW, 42 blades
    • 40.9 kW, 56 blades
    • 50.5 kW, 70 blades
    • 60.1 kW, 84 blades
    • 69.7 kW, 98 blades
    • 79.3 kW, 112 blades
  • Acoustical Noise Level for 28 blade configuration and standard door set:
    • Declared A-Weighted Sound Power Level, LWAd (B) = 7.9
    • Declared A-Weighted Sound Pressure Level, LpAm (dB) = 61
  • Acoustical Noise Level for 28 blade configuration and acoustic rear door (#0543):
    • Declared A-Weighted Sound Power Level, LWAd (B) = 7.5
    • Declared A-Weighted Sound Pressure Level, LpAm (dB) = 57
  • Acoustical Noise Level for 56 blade configuration and standard door set:
    • Declared A-Weighted Sound Power Level, LWAd (B) = 8.1
    • Declared A-Weighted Sound Pressure Level, LpAm (dB) = 63
  • Acoustical Noise Level for 56 blade configuration and acoustic rear door (#0543)
    • Declared A-Weighted Sound Power Level, LWAd (B) = 7.7
    • Declared A-Weighted Sound Pressure Level, LpAm (dB) = 59
  • Acoustical Noise Level for 112 blade configuration and standard door set:
    • Declared A-Weighted Sound Power Level, LWAd (B) = 8.3
    • Declared A-Weighted Sound Pressure Level, LpAm (dB) = 65
  • Acoustical Noise Level for 112 blade configuration and acoustic rear door (#0543):
    • Declared A-Weighted Sound Power Level, LWAd (B) = 7.9
    • Declared A-Weighted Sound Pressure Level, LpAm (dB) = 61

Limitations

Not applicable.

Hardware requirements

The hardware requirements for the IBM z Systems and IBM LinuxONE servers, features, and functions are identified. A new driver level is required. HMC (V2.13.1) plus MCLs and the Support Element (V2.13.1) are available on March 10, 2016.

You should review the PSP buckets for minimum Machine Change Levels (MCLs) and software PTF levels before IPLing operating systems.

HMC system support

The functions available on the Hardware Management Console (HMC) version 2.13.1, as described, apply exclusively to z13 and z13s. However, the HMC version 2.13.1 will also support the systems listed in the table below.

Family     Machine Firmware SE
           Type    Driver   Version
---------- ------- -------- -------
z13        2964    27       2.13.1
z13s       2965    27       2.13.1
Emperor    2964    27       2.13.1
Rockhopper 2965    27       2.13.1
z13        2964    22       2.13.0
zBC12      2828    15       2.12.1
zEC12      2827    15       2.12.1
z114       2818    93       2.11.1
z196       2817    93       2.11.1
z10 BC     2098    79       2.10.2
z10 EC     2097    79       2.10.2
z9 BC      2096    67       2.9.2
z9 EC      2094    67       2.9.2

Peripheral hardware and device attachments

IBM devices previously attached to IBM System z114, z196, zBC12, zEC12 and zSeries servers are supported for attachment to IBM z13, IBM z13s, IBM LinuxONE Emperor, and IBM LinuxONE Rockhopper channels, unless otherwise noted. The subject I/O devices must meet the FICON and Fibre Channel Protocol (FCP) architectures to be supported. I/O devices that meet OEMI architecture requirements are supported only using an external converter. Prerequisite Engineering Change Levels may be required. For further detail, contact IBM service personnel.

While the z13, z13s, LinuxONE Emperor, and LinuxONE Rockhopper support devices as described above, IBM does not commit to provide support or service for an IBM device that has reached its End of Service effective date as announced by IBM.

Note: IBM cannot confirm the accuracy of performance, compatibility, or any other claims related to non-IBM products. Questions regarding the capabilities of non-IBM products should be addressed to the suppliers of those products.

Information on switches and directors qualified for IBM z Systems FICON and FCP channels can be found in the Library section of Resource Link.

https://www.ibm.com/servers/resourcelink

Software requirements

IBM z13 and IBM z13s require at a minimum:

  • z/OS V2.2 with PTFs
  • z/OS V2.1 with PTFs.
  • z/OS V1.13 with PTFs.
  • z/OS V1.12 with required maintenance (compatibility support only) and extended support agreement.

    Note: z/OS V1.12 supports IBM z13 and IBM z13s, however, z/OS V1.12 support was withdrawn September 30, 2014. After that date, an IBM Software Support Services - Service extension for z/OS V1.12 is required. Speak with your IBM representative for details. No exploitation of new IBM z13 and IBM z13s system function is available with z/OS V1.12. Certain functions and features of the IBM z13 and IBM z13s system require later releases of z/OS. For the complete list of software support, see the PSP buckets and the Software requirements section.

  • z/VM V6.4. z/VM V6.4 is not yet being announced for availability but is being previewed at this time.
  • z/VM V6.3 with PTFs.
  • z/VM V6.2 with PTFs.
  • z/VSE V6.1 with PTFs.
  • z/VSE V5.2 with PTFs.
  • z/VSE V5.1 with PTFs.
  • z/TPF V1.1 with PTFs.
  • KVM for IBM z Systems V1.1.1.
  • Linux on z Systems:
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server (SLES) for System z: SLES 12 or SLES 11.
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux (RHEL) for System z: RHEL 7 or RHEL 6.
    • Ubuntu 16.04 LTS.

For recommended distribution levels refer to:

http://www.ibm.com/systems/z/os/linux/resources/teste dplatforms.html

The following software requirements are listed for features and capabilities supported on IBM z13 and IBM z13s.

Simultaneous multithreading (SMT) requires at a minimum:

  • z/OS V2.2.
  • z/OS V2.1 with PTFs.
  • z/VM V6.4.(11)
  • z/VM V6.3 with PTFs.
  • KVM for IBM z Systems V1.1.1.
  • Linux on z Systems:
    • SLES 12 SP1.
    • RHEL 7.2.
    • Existing distribution of Linux on z Systems can benefit from SMT in a z/VM host.

Single Instruction Multiple Data (SIMD) requires at a minimum:

  • z/OS V2.2.
  • z/OS V2.1 with PTFs.
  • z/VM V6.4 for guest exploitation.(11)
  • z/VM V6.3 with PTFs for guest exploitation.
  • KVM for IBM z Systems V1.1.1.
  • Linux on z Systems:
    • SLES 12 SP1.
    • IBM is working with its Linux distribution partners to include support in future RHEL distribution releases.

IBM Dynamic Partition Manager (DPM) requires at a minimum:

  • KVM for IBM z Systems V1.1.1.
  • Linux on z Systems
    • SLES 12 or SLES 11.
    • RHEL 7 or RHEL 6.

Shared Memory Communications - Direct Memory Access (SMC-D) requires at a minimum:

  • z/OS V2.2 with PTFs.
  • z/VM V6.4 for guest exploitation.(11)
  • z/VM V6.3 with PTFs for guest exploitation.
  • Linux on z Systems
    • IBM is working with its Linux distribution partners to include support in future distribution releases.

Improved Channel Subsystem (CSS) scalability requires at a minimum:

  • z/OS V2.2 with PTFs.
  • z/OS V2.1 with PTFs.
  • z/OS V1.13 with PTFs.
  • z/OS V1.12.

    Note: See z/OS V1.12 note at the beginning of the Software Requirements.

  • z/VM V6.4.(11)
  • z/VM V6.3 with PTFs.
  • z/VM V6.2 with PTFs.

LPAR enhancement to provide group physical capacity limit enforcement requires at a minimum:

  • z/OS V2.2 with PTFs.
  • z/OS V2.1 with PTFs.
  • z/VM V6.4.(11)
  • z/VM V6.3 with PTFs.

LPAR enhancement to dynamic memory management requires at a minimum:

  • z/VM V6.4.(11)
  • z/VM V6.3 with PTFs.

FICON Express8S (CHPID type FC) when utilizing IBM z13 and IBM z13s (TM) FICON or Channel-To-Channel (CTC) requires at a minimum:

  • z/OS V2.2.
  • z/OS V2.1.
  • z/OS V1.13.
  • z/OS V1.12.

    Note: See z/OS V1.12 note at the beginning of the Software Requirements.

  • z/VM V6.4.(11)
  • z/VM V6.3.
  • z/VM V6.2.
  • z/VSE V6.1.
  • z/VSE V5.2.
  • z/VSE V5.1.
  • z/TPF V1.1.
  • KVM for IBM z Systems V1.1.1.
  • Linux on z Systems:

FICON Express8S (CHPID type FC) for support of zHPF single-track operations requires at a minimum:

  • z/OS V2.2.
  • z/OS V2.1.
  • z/OS V1.13.
  • z/OS V1.12.

    Note: See z/OS V1.12 note at the beginning of the Software Requirements.

  • z/VM V6.4 for guest exploitation.(11)
  • z/VM V6.3 with PTFs for guest exploitation.
  • z/VM V6.2 with PTFs for guest exploitation.
  • z/TPF V1.1 with PTFs.
  • KVM for IBM z Systems V1.1.1.
  • Linux on z Systems:
    • SLES 12 with service or SLES 11 SP3 with service.
    • RHEL 7.1 with service or RHEL 6.6 with service.

FICON Express8S (CHPID type FC) for support of zHPF multi-track operations requires at a minimum:

  • z/OS V2.2.
  • z/OS V2.1.
  • z/OS V1.13.
  • z/OS V1.12.

    Note: See z/OS V1.12 note at the beginning of the Software Requirements.

  • z/VM V6.4 for guest exploitation.(11)
  • z/VM V6.3 with PTFs for guest exploitation.
  • z/VM V6.2 with PTFs for guest exploitation.
  • KVM for IBM z Systems V1.1.1.
  • Linux on z Systems:
    • SLES 12 with service or SLES 11 SP3 with service.
    • RHEL 7.1 with service or RHEL 6.6 with service.

FICON Express8S (CHPID type FCP) for support of SCSI devices requires at a minimum:

  • z/VM V6.4.(11)
  • z/VM V6.3.
  • z/VM V6.2.
  • z/VSE V6.1.
  • z/VSE V5.2.
  • z/VSE V5.1.
  • KVM for IBM z Systems V1.1.1.
  • Linux on z Systems:
    • SLES 12 with service or SLES 11 SP3 with service.
    • RHEL 7.1 with service or RHEL 6.6 with service.

FICON Express8S (CHPID type FCP) support of hardware data router requires at a minimum:

T10-DIF support by the FICON Express8S and FICON Express8 features when defined as CHPID type FCP requires at a minimum:

  • z/VM V6.4 for guest exploitation.(11)
  • z/VM V6.3 for guest exploitation.
  • z/VM V6.2 for guest exploitation.
  • KVM for IBM z Systems V1.1.1.
  • Linux on z Systems:
    • SLES 12 with service (DIF and DIX) or SLES 11 SP3 with service (DIF and DIX).
    • RHEL 7.1 with service (DIF and DIX) or RHEL 6.6 with service (DIF only).

FICON Express16S (CHPID type FC) when utilizing FICON or Channel-To-Channel (CTC) requires at a minimum:

  • z/OS V2.2.
  • z/OS V2.1.
  • z/OS V1.13.
  • z/OS V1.12.

    Note: See z/OS V1.12 note at the beginning of the Software Requirements.

  • z/VM V6.4.(11)
  • z/VM V6.3.
  • z/VM V6.2.
  • z/VSE V6.1.
  • z/VSE V5.2.
  • z/VSE V5.1.
  • z/TPF V1.1.
  • KVM for IBM z Systems V1.1.1.
  • Linux on z Systems:
    • SLES 12 with service or SLES 11 SP3 with service.
    • RHEL 7.1 with service or RHEL 6.6 with service.

FICON Express16S (CHPID type FC) for support of zHPF single-track operations requires at a minimum:

  • z/OS V2.2.
  • z/OS V2.1.
  • z/OS V1.13.
  • z/OS V1.12.

    Note: See z/OS V1.12 note at the beginning of the Software Requirements.

  • z/VM V6.4 for guest exploitation.(11)
  • z/VM V6.3 with PTFs for guest exploitation.
  • z/VM V6.2 with PTFs for guest exploitation.
  • KVM for IBM z Systems V1.1.1.
  • Linux on z Systems:
    • SLES 12 with service or SLES 11 SP3 with service.
    • RHEL 7.1 with service or RHEL 6.6 with service.

FICON Express16S (CHPID type FC) for support of zHPF multi-track operations requires at a minimum:

  • z/OS V2.2.
  • z/OS V2.1.
  • z/OS V1.13.
  • z/OS V1.12.

    Note: See z/OS V1.12 note at the beginning of the Software Requirements.

  • z/VM V6.4 for guest exploitation.(11)
  • z/VM V6.3 with PTFs for guest exploitation.
  • z/VM V6.2 with PTFs for guest exploitation.
  • KVM for IBM z Systems V1.1.1.
  • Linux on z Systems:
    • SLES 12 with service or SLES 11 SP3 with service.
    • RHEL 7.1 with service or RHEL 6.6 with service.

FICON Express16S (CHPID type FCP) for support of SCSI devices requires at a minimum:

  • z/VM V6.4.(11)
  • z/VM V6.3.
  • z/VM V6.2.
  • z/VSE V6.1.
  • z/VSE V5.2.
  • z/VSE V5.1.
  • KVM for IBM z Systems V1.1.1.
  • Linux on z Systems:
    • SLES 12 with service or SLES 11 SP3 with service.
    • RHEL 7.1 with service or RHEL 6.6 with service.

FICON Express16S (CHPID type FCP) support of hardware data router requires at a minimum:

  • z/VM V6.4 for guest exploitation.(11)
  • z/VM V6.3 for guest exploitation.
  • KVM for IBM z Systems V1.1.1.
  • Linux on z Systems:
    • SLES 12 with service or SLES 11 SP3 with service.
    • RHEL 7.1 with service or RHEL 6.6 with service.

T10-DIF support by the FICON Express16S features when defined as CHPID type FCP requires at a minimum:

  • z/VM V6.4 for guest exploitation.(11)
  • z/VM V6.3 for guest exploitation.
  • z/VM V6.2 for guest exploitation.
  • KVM for IBM z Systems V1.1.1.
  • Linux on z Systems:
    • SLES 12 with service (DIF and DIX) or SLES 11 SP3 with service (DIF and DIX).
    • RHEL 7.1 with service (DIF and DIX) or RHEL 6.6 with service (DIF only).

OSA-Express4S GbE LX (#0404) and GbE SX (#0405) require at minimum:

CHPID type OSD with exploitation of two ports per CHPID or one port per CHPID:

  • z/OS V2.2.
  • z/OS V2.1.
  • z/OS V1.13.
  • z/OS V1.12.

    Note: See z/OS V1.12 note at the beginning of the Software Requirements.

  • z/VM V6.4.(11)
  • z/VM V6.3.
  • z/VM V6.2.
  • z/VSE V6.1.
  • z/VSE V5.2.
  • z/VSE V5.1.
  • z/TPF V1.1.
  • KVM for IBM z Systems V1.1.1.
  • Linux on z Systems:
    • SLES 12 with service or SLES 11 SP3 with service.
    • RHEL 7.1 with service or RHEL 6.6 with service.

OSA-Express4S 10 GbE LR (#0406) and 10 GbE SR (#0407) require at a minimum:

CHPID type OSD:

  • z/OS V2.2.
  • z/OS V2.1.
  • z/OS V1.13.
  • z/OS V1.12.

    Note: See z/OS V1.12 note at the beginning of the Software Requirements.

  • z/VM V6.4.(11)
  • z/VM V6.3.
  • z/VM V6.2.
  • z/VSE V6.1.
  • z/VSE V5.2.
  • z/VSE V5.1.
  • z/TPF V1.1.
  • KVM for IBM z Systems V1.1.1.
  • Linux on z Systems:
    • SLES 12 with service or SLES 11 SP3 with service.
    • RHEL 7.1 with service or RHEL 6.6 with service.

CHPID type OSX for access control to the intraensemble data network (IEDN) from IBM z13 and IBM z13s to Unified Resource Manager functions:

  • z/OS V2.2.
  • z/OS V2.1.
  • z/OS V1.13.
  • z/OS V1.12.

    Note: See z/OS V1.12 note at the beginning of the Software Requirements.

  • z/VM V6.4 to define, modify, and delete OSX CHPID types when z/VM is the controlling LPAR for dynamic I/O.(11)
  • z/VM V6.3 to define, modify, and delete OSX CHPID types when z/VM is the controlling LPAR for dynamic I/O.
  • z/VM V6.2 to define, modify, and delete OSX CHPID types when z/VM is the controlling LPAR for dynamic I/O.
  • z/VSE V6.1.
  • z/VSE V5.2.
  • z/VSE V5.1.
  • z/TPF V1.1 with PTFs.
  • KVM for IBM z Systems V1.1.1.
  • Linux on z Systems:
    • SLES 12 with service or SLES 11 SP3 with service.
    • RHEL 7.1 with service or RHEL 6.6 with service.

OSA-Express4S 1000BASE-T Ethernet (#0408) requires at minimum:

CHPID type OSC supporting TN3270E and non-SNA DFT with exploitation of two ports per CHPID:

  • z/OS V2.2.
  • z/OS V2.1.
  • z/OS V1.13.
  • z/OS V1.12.

    Note: See z/OS V1.12 note at the beginning of the Software Requirements.

  • z/VM V6.4.(11)
  • z/VM V6.3.
  • z/VM V6.2.
  • z/VSE V6.1.
  • z/VSE V5.2.
  • z/VSE V5.1.

CHPID type OSD with exploitation of two ports per CHPID or without maximum port exploitation (one port on the PCIe adapter is available for use):

  • z/OS V2.2.
  • z/OS V2.1.
  • z/OS V1.13.
  • z/OS V1.12.

    Note: See z/OS V1.12 note at the beginning of the Software Requirements.

  • z/VM V6.4.(11)
  • z/VM V6.3.
  • z/VM V6.2.
  • z/VSE V6.1.
  • z/VSE V5.2.
  • z/VSE V5.1.
  • z/TPF V1.1 with PTFs.
  • KVM for IBM z Systems V1.1.1.
  • Linux on z Systems:
    • SLES 12 with service or SLES 11 SP3 with service.
    • RHEL 7.1 with service or RHEL 6.6 with service.

Inbound workload queuing for Enterprise Extender (CHPID type OSD):

  • z/OS V2.2.
  • z/OS V2.1.
  • z/OS V1.13 with PTFs.
  • z/VM V6.4 for guest exploitation.(11)
  • z/VM V6.3 for guest exploitation.
  • z/VM V6.2 for guest exploitation.

Checksum offload for IPv6 packets (CHPID type OSD):

  • z/OS V2.2.
  • z/OS V2.1.
  • z/OS V1.13 with PTFs.
  • z/VM V6.4 for guest exploitation.(11)
  • z/VM V6.3 for guest exploitation.
  • z/VM V6.2 for guest exploitation.

Checksum offload for LPAR-to-LPAR traffic for IPv4 and IPv6 packets (CHPID type OSD):

  • z/OS V2.2.
  • z/OS V2.1.
  • z/OS V1.13 with PTFs.
  • z/VM V6.4 for guest exploitation.(11)
  • z/VM V6.3 for guest exploitation.
  • z/VM V6.2 for guest exploitation.

Large Send for IPv6 packets (CHPID type OSD):

  • z/OS V2.2.
  • z/OS V2.1.
  • z/OS V1.13 with PTFs.
  • z/VM V6.4 for guest exploitation.(11)
  • z/VM V6.3 for guest exploitation.
  • z/VM V6.2 for guest exploitation.

CHPID type OSE supporting 4 or 2 ports per feature:

  • z/OS V2.2.
  • z/OS V2.1.
  • z/OS V1.13.
  • z/OS V1.12.

    Note: See z/OS V1.12 note at the beginning of the Software Requirements.

  • z/VM V6.4.(11)
  • z/VM V6.3.
  • z/VM V6.2.
  • z/VSE V6.1.
  • z/VSE V5.2.
  • z/VSE V5.1.

CHPID type OSM for intranode management network (INMN)

  • z/OS V2.2.
  • z/OS V2.1.
  • z/OS V1.13.
  • z/OS V1.12.

    Note: See z/OS V1.12 note at the beginning of the Software Requirements.

  • z/VM V6.4 to define, modify, and delete CHPID type OSM when z/VM is the controlling LPAR for dynamic I/O.(11)
  • z/VM V6.3 to define, modify, and delete CHPID type OSM when z/VM is the controlling LPAR for dynamic I/O.
  • z/VM V6.2 to define, modify, and delete CHPID type OSM when z/VM is the controlling LPAR for dynamic I/O.
  • KVM for IBM z Systems V1.1.1.
  • Linux on z Systems:
    • SLES 12 with service or SLES 11 SP3 with service.
    • RHEL 7.1 with service or RHEL 6.6 with service.

CHPID type OSN for OSA-Express for NCP (does not use ports; all communication is LPAR-to-LPAR):

  • z/OS V2.2.
  • z/OS V2.1.
  • z/OS V1.13.
  • z/OS V1.12.

    Note: See z/OS V1.12 note at the beginning of the Software Requirements.

  • z/VM V6.4.(11)
  • z/VM V6.3.
  • z/VM V6.2.
  • z/VSE V6.1.
  • z/VSE V5.2.
  • z/VSE V5.1.
  • z/TPF V1.1 with PTFs.
  • KVM for IBM z Systems V1.1.1.
  • Linux on z Systems:
    • SLES 12 with service or SLES 11 SP3 with service.
    • RHEL 7.1 with service or RHEL 6.6 with service.

OSA-Express5S GbE LX (#0413) and GbE SX (#0414) require at minimum:

CHPID type OSD with exploitation of two ports per CHPID or without maximum port exploitation (one port on the PCIe adapter is available for use):

  • z/OS V2.2.
  • z/OS V2.1.
  • z/OS V1.13.
  • z/OS V1.12.

    Note: See z/OS V1.12 note at the beginning of the Software Requirements.

  • z/VM V6.4.(11)
  • z/VM V6.3.
  • z/VM V6.2.
  • z/VSE V6.1.
  • z/VSE V5.2.
  • z/VSE V5.1.
  • z/TPF V1.1 with PTFs.
  • KVM for IBM z Systems V1.1.1.
  • Linux on z Systems:
    • SLES 12 with service or SLES 11 SP3 with service.
    • RHEL 7.1 with service or RHEL 6.6 with service.

OSA-Express5S 10 GbE LR (#0415) and 10 GbE SR (#0416) require at a minimum:

CHPID type OSD:

  • z/OS V2.2.
  • z/OS V2.1.
  • z/OS V1.13.
  • z/OS V1.12.

    Note: See z/OS V1.12 note at the beginning of the Software Requirements.

  • z/VM V6.4.(11)
  • z/VM V6.3.
  • z/VM V6.2.
  • z/VSE V6.1.
  • z/VSE V5.2.
  • z/VSE V5.1.
  • z/TPF V1.1.
  • KVM for IBM z Systems V1.1.1.
  • Linux on z Systems:
    • SLES 12 with service or SLES 11 SP3 with service.
    • RHEL 7.1 with service or RHEL 6.6 with service.

CHPID type OSX for access control to the intraensemble data network (IEDN) from IBM z13 and IBM z13s to Unified Resource Manager functions:

  • z/OS V2.2.
  • z/OS V2.1.
  • z/OS V1.13.
  • z/OS V1.12.

    Note: See z/OS V1.12 note at the beginning of the Software Requirements.

  • z/VM V6.4 to define, modify, and delete OSX CHPID types when z/VM is the controlling LPAR for dynamic I/O.(11)
  • z/VM V6.3 to define, modify, and delete OSX CHPID types when z/VM is the controlling LPAR for dynamic I/O.
  • z/VM V6.2 to define, modify, and delete OSX CHPID types when z/VM is the controlling LPAR for dynamic I/O.
  • z/VSE V6.1.
  • z/VSE V5.2.
  • z/VSE V5.1.
  • z/TPF V1.1 with PTFs.
  • KVM for IBM z Systems V1.1.1.
  • Linux on z Systems:
    • SLES 12 with service or SLES 11 SP3 with service.
    • RHEL 7.1 with service or RHEL 6.6 with service.

OSA-Express5S 1000BASE-T Ethernet (#0417) requires at minimum:

CHPID type OSC supporting TN3270E and non-SNA DFT with exploitation of two ports per CHPID:

  • z/OS V2.2.
  • z/OS V2.1.
  • z/OS V1.13.
  • z/OS V1.12.

    Note: See z/OS V1.12 note at the beginning of the Software Requirements.

  • z/VM V6.4.(11)
  • z/VM V6.3.
  • z/VM V6.2.
  • z/VSE V6.1.
  • z/VSE V5.2.
  • z/VSE V5.1.

CHPID type OSD with exploitation of two ports per CHPID or without maximum port exploitation (one port on the PCIe adapter is available for use):

  • z/OS V2.2.
  • z/OS V2.1.
  • z/OS V1.13.
  • z/OS V1.12.

    Note: See z/OS V1.12 note at the beginning of the Software Requirements.

  • z/VM V6.4.(11)
  • z/VM V6.3.
  • z/VM V6.2.
  • z/VSE V6.1.
  • z/VSE V5.2.
  • z/VSE V5.1.
  • z/TPF V1.1 with PTFs.
  • KVM for IBM z Systems V1.1.1.
  • Linux on z Systems:
    • SLES 12 with service or SLES 11 SP3 with service.
    • RHEL 7.1 with service or RHEL 6.6 with service.

Inbound workload queuing for Enterprise Extender (CHPID type OSD):

  • z/OS V2.2.
  • z/OS V2.1.
  • z/OS V1.13 with PTFs.
  • z/VM V6.4 for guest exploitation.(11)
  • z/VM V6.3 with PTFs for guest exploitation.
  • z/VM V6.2 with PTFs for guest exploitation.

Checksum offload for IPv6 packets (CHPID type OSD):

  • z/OS V2.2.
  • z/OS V2.1.
  • z/OS V1.13 with PTFs.
  • z/VM V6.4 for guest exploitation.(11)
  • z/VM V6.3 for guest exploitation.
  • z/VM V6.2 for guest exploitation.

Checksum offload for LPAR-to-LPAR traffic for IPv4 and IPv6 packets (CHPID type OSD):

  • z/OS V2.2.
  • z/OS V2.1.
  • z/OS V1.13 with PTFs.
  • z/VM V6.4 for guest exploitation.(11)
  • z/VM V6.3 for guest exploitation.
  • z/VM V6.2 for guest exploitation.

Large Send for IPv6 packets (CHPID type OSD):

  • z/OS V2.2.
  • z/OS V2.1.
  • z/OS V1.13 with PTFs.
  • z/VM V6.4 for guest exploitation.(11)
  • z/VM V6.3 for guest exploitation.
  • z/VM V6.2 for guest exploitation.

CHPID type OSE supporting 4 or 2 ports per feature:

  • z/OS V2.2.
  • z/OS V2.1.
  • z/OS V1.13.
  • z/OS V1.12.

    Note: See z/OS V1.12 note at the beginning of the Software Requirements.

  • z/VM V6.4.(11)
  • z/VM V6.3.
  • z/VM V6.2.
  • z/VSE V6.1.
  • z/VSE V5.2.
  • z/VSE V5.1.

CHPID type OSM for intranode management network (INMN)

  • z/OS V2.2.
  • z/OS V2.1.
  • z/OS V1.13.
  • z/OS V1.12.

    Note: See z/OS V1.12 note at the beginning of the Software Requirements.

  • z/VM V6.4 to define, modify, and delete CHPID type OSM when z/VM is the controlling LPAR for dynamic I/O.(11)
  • z/VM V6.3 to define, modify, and delete CHPID type OSM when z/VM is the controlling LPAR for dynamic I/O.
  • z/VM V6.2 to define, modify, and delete CHPID type OSM when z/VM is the controlling LPAR for dynamic I/O.
  • KVM for IBM z Systems V1.1.1.
  • Linux on z Systems:
    • SLES 12 with service or SLES 11 SP3 with service.
    • RHEL 7.1 with service or RHEL 6.6 with service.

CHPID type OSN for OSA-Express for NCP (does not use ports; all communication is LPAR-to-LPAR):

  • z/OS V2.2.
  • z/OS V2.1.
  • z/OS V1.13.
  • z/OS V1.12.

    Note: See z/OS V1.12 note at the beginning of the Software Requirements.

  • z/VM V6.4.(11)
  • z/VM V6.3.
  • z/VM V6.2.
  • z/VSE V6.1.
  • z/VSE V5.2.
  • z/VSE V5.1.
  • z/TPF V1.1 with PTFs.
  • KVM for IBM z Systems V1.1.1.
  • Linux on z Systems:
    • SLES 12 with service or SLES 11 SP3 with service.
    • RHEL 7.1 with service or RHEL 6.6 with service.

IBM Integrated Coupling Adapter (ICA SR) requires at a minimum:

  • z/OS V2.2.
  • z/OS V2.1 or V1.13 with PTFs.
  • z/VM V6.4 to define, modify, and delete CHPID type CS5 when z/VM is the controlling LPAR for dynamic I/O.(11)
  • z/VM V6.3 with PTFs to define, modify, and delete CHPID type CS5 when z/VM is the controlling LPAR for dynamic I/O.
  • z/VM V6.2 with PTFs to define, modify, and delete CHPID type CS5 when z/VM is the controlling LPAR for dynamic I/O.

Support for 256 Coupling CHPIDs requires at a minimum:

  • z/OS V2.2.
  • z/OS V2.1 or V1.13 with PTFs.
  • z/VM 6.4 for guest exploitation.(11)
  • z/VM 6.3 with PTFs for guest exploitation.
  • z/VM 6.2 with PTFs for guest exploitation.

Crypto Express5S (#0890) Toleration, which treats Crypto Express5S as cryptographic coprocessors and accelerators, requires at a minimum:

  • z/OS V2.1 with PTFs.
  • z/OS V1.13 with PTFs.
  • z/VM V6.4 for guest exploitation.(11)
  • z/VM V6.3 with PTFs for guest exploitation.
  • z/VM V6.2 with PTFs for guest exploitation.
  • z/VSE V6.1.
  • z/VSE V5.2 with PTFs.
  • z/VSE V5.1 with PTFs.
  • KVM for IBM z Systems V1.1.1.
  • Linux on z Systems:

Crypto Express5S (#0890) support of greater than 16 domains requires at a minimum:

  • z/OS V2.2.
  • z/OS V2.1.
    • with the Enhanced Cryptographic Support for z/OS V1R13 - z/OS V2R1 web deliverable installed or
    • with PTFs
  • z/OS V1.13.
    • with the Enhanced Cryptographic Support for z/OS V1R13-z/OS V2R1 web deliverable installed or
    • with PTFs
  • z/VM V6.4 for guest exploitation.(11)
  • z/VM V6.3 with PTFs for guest exploitation.
  • z/VM V6.2 with PTFs for guest exploitation.
  • z/VSE V6.1.
  • z/VSE V5.2 with PTFs.
  • z/VSE V5.1 with PTFs.
  • KVM for IBM z Systems V1.1.1.
  • Linux on z Systems: latest maintenance levels of:

Crypto Express5S (#0890) support of Visa Format Preserving Encryption requires at a minimum:

  • z/OS V2.2.
  • z/OS V2.1 with the Enhanced Cryptographic Support for z/OS V1R13-z/OS V2R1 web deliverable installed.
  • z/OS V1.13 with the Enhanced Cryptographic Support for z/OS V1R13-z/OS V2R1 web deliverable installed.
  • z/VM V6.4 for guest exploitation.(11)
  • z/VM V6.3 with PTFs for guest exploitation.
  • z/VM V6.2 with PTFs for guest exploitation.
  • KVM for IBM z Systems V1.1.1.
  • Linux on z Systems: No distribution supported except for CCA.
  • Linux on z Systems with CCA 5.0. Clients can download the CCA 5.0 rpm and its readme (with recommended distribution levels required for use with CCA 5.0) from:

    http://www.ibm.com/security/cryptocards/pciecc2/lonzs oftware.shtml

Crypto Express5S (#0890) support of Visa Data Secure Platform (DSP)(11) - Point to Point Encryption (P2PE), Secure AES GCM encryption mode, Interoperable ECC key derivation algorithm, and Addition of new Key Check Value Algorithm requires at a minimum:

  • z/OS V2.2 with the Cryptographic Support for z/OS V1R13-z/OS V2R2 web deliverable installed with PTFs.
  • z/OS V2.1 with the Cryptographic Support for z/OS V1R13-z/OS V2R2 web deliverable installed with PTFs.
  • z/OS V1.13 with the Cryptographic Support for z/OS V1R13-z/OS V2R2 web deliverable installed with PTFs.
  • z/VM V6.4 for guest exploitation.(11)
  • z/VM V6.3 with PTFs for guest exploitation.
  • z/VM V6.2 with PTFs for guest exploitation.

Trusted Key Entry (TKE) 8.1 Licensed Internal Code (LIC) (#0878) in order to manage Crypto Express5S requires at a minimum:

  • z/OS V2.2 with the Cryptographic Support for z/OS V1R13 - z/OS V2R2 web deliverable installed with PTFs.
  • z/OS V2.1 with the Cryptographic Support for z/OS V1R13 - z/OS V2R2 web deliverable installed with PTFs.
  • z/OS V1.13 with the Cryptographic Support for z/OS V1R13 - z/OS V2R2 web deliverable installed with PTFs.

Software support for Regional Crypto Enablement (RCE) (#0901) requires at a minimum:

  • z/OS V2.2 with the Cryptographic Support for z/OS V1R13 - z/OS V2R2 web deliverable installed with PTFs.
  • z/OS V2.1 with the Cryptographic Support for z/OS V1R13 - z/OS V2R2 web deliverable installed with PTFs.
  • z/OS V1.13 with the Cryptographic Support for z/OS V1R13 - z/OS V2R2 web deliverable installed with PTFs.
  • z/VM V6.4 for z/OS guest exploitation.(11)
  • z/VM V6.3 with PTFs for z/OS guest exploitation.
  • z/VM V6.2 with PTFs for z/OS guest exploitation.
  • Clients will need to directly contact the approved vendor for required software.

10GbE RoCE Express (#0411) for Shared Memory Communications - Remote Direct Memory Access (SMC-R) requires at a minimum:

  • z/OS V2.2.
  • z/OS V2.1 with PTFs.
  • z/OS V1.13 with PTFs (compatibility support only).
  • z/OS V1.12 with PTFs (compatibility support only).

    Note: See z/OS V1.12 note at the beginning of the Software Requirements.

  • z/VM V6.4 for guest exploitation.(11)
  • z/VM V6.3 with PTFs for guest exploitation.
  • Linux on z Systems:
    • IBM is working with its Linux distribution partners to include support in future distribution releases.

10GbE RoCE Express (#0411) for Ethernet communications (which does not require a peer OSA) including Single Root I/O Virtualization (SR-IOV) requires at a minimum:

  • z/OS V2.2.
  • z/OS V2.1 with PTFs.
  • z/OS V1.13 with PTFs (compatibility support only).
  • z/OS V1.12 with PTFs (compatibility support only).

    Note: See z/OS V1.12 note at the beginning of the Software Requirements.

  • z/VM V6.4 for guest exploitation.(11)
  • z/VM V6.3 with PTFs for guest exploitation.
  • Linux on z Systems: Currently limited to experimental support in:
    • SLES 12 or SLES11 SP3 with latest maintenance.
    • RHEL 7.0.

XL C/C++ support of ARCH(11) and TUNE(11) parameters requires at a minimum:

Transactional memory requires at a minimum:

  • z/OS V2.2.
  • z/OS V2.1.
  • z/OS V1.13 with PTFs.
  • KVM for IBM z Systems V1.1.1.
  • Linux on z Systems:
    • SLES 12 or SLES 11 SP3.
    • RHEL 7 or RHEL 6.4.

IBM zAware requires at a minimum:

  • For monitored z/OS servers:
    • z/OS V2.2.
    • z/OS V2.1.
    • z/OS V1.13 with PTFs.

      Note: z/OS V1.13 LPARs on prior server generations (for example, z196, z114, or z10) can provide data to the IBM zAware LPAR if they have the PTFs installed and are configured to exploit IBM zAware.

  • z/VM V6.4 in support of monitoring Linux on z Systems guests.(11)
  • z/VM V6.3 with PTFs in support of monitoring Linux on z Systems guests.
  • z/VM V6.2 with PTFs in support of monitoring Linux on z Systems guests.
  • The following browsers are supported for the GUI: Firefox 31 and Internet Explorer 9,10, and 11.

Flash Express requires at a minimum:

  • z/OS V2.2.
  • z/OS V2.1.
  • z/OS V1.13 with PTFs and the z/OS V1.13 RSM Enablement Offering web deliverable installed. The web deliverable is available at:

    http://www.ibm.com/systems/z/os/zos/downloads/

  • Linux on z Systems:
    • SLES 12 or SLES 11 SP3.
    • RHEL 7 or RHEL 6.4.

zEDC Express (#0420) for compression acceleration requires at a minimum:

  • z/OS V2.2 with the "zEnterprise Data Compression (zEDC) for z/OS" feature of z/OS.
  • z/OS V2.1 with the "zEnterprise Data Compression (zEDC) for z/OS" feature of z/OS.
  • z/VM 6.4 for guest exploitation.(11)
  • z/VM 6.3 with PTFs for guest exploitation.
  • Linux on z Systems:
    • IBM is working with its Linux distribution partners to include support in future distribution releases.

2 GB Large Pages requires at a minimum:

z/OS global resource serialization (GRS) support for FICON CTCs requires at a minimum:

  • z/OS V2.2.
  • z/OS V2.1.
  • z/OS V1.13 with PTFs.
  • z/OS V1.12 with PTFs.

    Note: See z/OS V1.12 note at the beginning of the Software Requirements.

IBM LinuxONE Emperor and IBM LinuxONE Rockhopper require at a minimum:

  • z/VM V6.4. z/VM V6.4 is not yet being announced for availability but is being previewed at this time.
  • z/VM V6.3 with PTFs.
  • z/VM V6.2 with PTFs.
  • KVM for IBM z Systems V1.1.1.
  • Linux on IBM LinuxONE:
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server (SLES) for System z: SLES 12 or SLES 11.
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux (RHEL) for System z: RHEL 7 or RHEL 6.
    • Ubuntu 16.04 LTS.

    For recommended distribution levels refer to:

    http://www.ibm.com/systems/z/os/linux/resources/teste dplatforms.html

The following software requirements are listed for features and capabilities supported on IBM LinuxONE servers.

Note: (11) Following z/VM V6.4 availability, IBM intends that z/VM V6.4 will support this feature. See each feature or capability for specific support details.

Simultaneous multithreading (SMT) requires at a minimum:

  • z/VM V6.4.(11)
  • z/VM V6.3 with PTFs.
  • KVM for IBM z Systems V1.1.1.
  • Linux on IBM LinuxONE
    • SLES 12 SP1.
    • RHEL 7.2.
    • Existing distribution of Linux on z Systems can benefit from SMT in a z/VM host.

Single Instruction Multiple Data (SIMD) requires at a minimum:

  • z/VM V6.4 for guest exploitation.(11)
  • z/VM V6.3 with PTFs for guest exploitation.
  • KVM for IBM z Systems V1.1.1.
  • Linux on IBM LinuxONE
    • SLES 12 SP1.
    • IBM is working with its Linux distribution partners to include support in future RHEL distribution releases.

IBM Dynamic Partition Manager (DPM) requires at a minimum:

  • KVM for IBM z Systems V1.1.1.
  • Linux on IBM LinuxONE
    • SLES 12 or SLES 11.
    • RHEL 7 or RHEL 6.

Improved Channel Subsystem (CSS) scalability requires at a minimum:

  • z/VM V6.4.(11)
  • z/VM V6.3 with PTFs.
  • z/VM V6.2 with PTFs.

LPAR enhancement to provide group physical capacity limit enforcement requires at a minimum:

  • z/VM V6.4.(11)
  • z/VM V6.3 with PTFs.

LPAR enhancement to dynamic memory management requires at a minimum:

  • z/VM V6.4.(11)
  • z/VM V6.3 with PTFs.

FICON Express8S (CHPID type FC) when utilizing IBM LinuxONE Emperor and IBM LinuxONE Rockhopper** FICON or Channel-To-Channel (CTC) requires at a minimum:

FICON Express8S (CHPID type FC) for support of zHPF single-track operations requires at a minimum:

  • z/VM V6.4 for guest exploitation.(11)
  • z/VM V6.3 with PTFs for guest exploitation.
  • z/VM V6.2 with PTFs for guest exploitation.
  • KVM for IBM z Systems V1.1.1.
  • Linux on IBM LinuxONE:
    • SLES 12 with service or SLES 11 SP3 with service.
    • RHEL 7.1 with service or RHEL 6.6 with service.

FICON Express8S (CHPID type FC) for support of zHPF multitrack operations requires at a minimum:

  • z/VM V6.4 for guest exploitation.(11)
  • z/VM V6.3 with PTFs for guest exploitation.
  • z/VM V6.2 with PTFs for guest exploitation.
  • KVM for IBM z Systems V1.1.1.
  • Linux on IBM LinuxONE:
    • SLES 12 with service or SLES 11 SP3 with service.
    • RHEL 7.1 with service or RHEL 6.6 with service.

FICON Express8S (CHPID type FCP) for support of SCSI devices requires at a minimum:

  • z/VM V6.4.(11)
  • z/VM V6.3.
  • z/VM V6.2.
  • KVM for IBM z Systems V1.1.1.
  • Linux on IBM LinuxONE:
    • SLES 12 with service or SLES 11 SP3 with service.
    • RHEL 7.1 with service or RHEL 6.6 with service.

FICON Express8S (CHPID type FCP) support of hardware data router requires at a minimum:

  • z/VM V6.4 for guest exploitation.(11)
  • z/VM V6.3 for guest exploitation.
  • KVM for IBM z Systems V1.1.1.
  • Linux on IBM LinuxONE:
    • SLES 12 with service or SLES 11 SP3 with service.
    • RHEL 7.1 with service or RHEL 6.6 with service.

T10-DIF support by the FICON Express8S and FICON Express8 features when defined as CHPID type FCP requires at a minimum:

  • z/VM V6.4 for guest exploitation.(11)
  • z/VM V6.3 for guest exploitation.
  • z/VM V6.2 for guest exploitation.
  • KVM for IBM z Systems V1.1.1.
  • Linux on IBM LinuxONE:
    • SLES 12 with service (DIF and DIX) or SLES 11 SP3 with service (DIF and DIX).
    • RHEL 7.1 with service (DIF and DIX) or RHEL 6.6 with service (DIF only).

FICON Express16S (CHPID type FC) when utilizing FICON or Channel-To-Channel (CTC) requires at a minimum:

  • z/VM V6.4.(11)
  • z/VM V6.3.
  • z/VM V6.2.
  • KVM for IBM z Systems V1.1.1.
  • Linux on IBM LinuxONE:
    • SLES 12 with service or SLES 11 SP3 with service.
    • RHEL 7.1 with service or RHEL 6.6 with service.

FICON Express16S (CHPID type FC) for support of zHPF single-track operations requires at a minimum:

  • z/VM V6.4 for guest exploitation.(11)
  • z/VM V6.3 with PTFs for guest exploitation.
  • z/VM V6.2 with PTFs for guest exploitation.
  • KVM for IBM z Systems V1.1.1.
  • Linux on IBM LinuxONE:
    • SLES 12 with service or SLES 11 SP3 with service.
    • RHEL 7.1 with service or RHEL 6.6 with service.

FICON Express16S (CHPID type FC) for support of zHPF multi-track operations requires at a minimum:

  • z/VM V6.4 for guest exploitation.(11)
  • z/VM V6.3 with PTFs for guest exploitation.
  • z/VM V6.2 with PTFs for guest exploitation.
  • KVM for IBM z Systems V1.1.1.
  • Linux on IBM LinuxONE:
    • SLES 12 with service or SLES 11 SP3 with service.
    • RHEL 7.1 with service or RHEL 6.6 with service.

FICON Express16S (CHPID type FCP) for support of SCSI devices requires at a minimum:

  • z/VM V6.4.(11)
  • z/VM V6.3.
  • z/VM V6.2.
  • KVM for IBM z Systems V1.1.1.
  • Linux on IBM LinuxONE:
    • SLES 12 with service or SLES 11 SP3 with service.
    • RHEL 7.1 with service or RHEL 6.6 with service.

FICON Express16S (CHPID type FCP) support of hardware data router requires at a minimum:

  • z/VM V6.4 for guest exploitation.(11)
  • z/VM V6.3 for guest exploitation.
  • KVM for IBM z Systems V1.1.1.
  • Linux on IBM LinuxONE:
    • SLES 12 with service or SLES 11 SP3 with service.
    • RHEL 7.1 with service or RHEL 6.6 with service.

T10-DIF support by the FICON Express16S features when defined as CHPID type FCP requires at a minimum:

  • z/VM V6.4 for guest exploitation.(11)
  • z/VM V6.3 for guest exploitation.
  • z/VM V6.2 for guest exploitation.
  • KVM for IBM z Systems V1.1.1.
  • Linux on IBM LinuxONE:
    • SLES 12 with service (DIF and DIX) or SLES 11 SP3 with service (DIF and DIX).
    • RHEL 7.1 with service (DIF and DIX) or RHEL 6.6 with service (DIF only).

OSA-Express4S GbE LX (#0404) and GbE SX (#0405) require at minimum:

CHPID type OSD with exploitation of two ports per CHPID or one port per CHPID:

  • z/VM V6.4.(11)
  • z/VM V6.3.
  • z/VM V6.2.
  • KVM for IBM z Systems V1.1.1.
  • Linux on IBM LinuxONE:
    • SLES 12 with service or SLES 11 SP3 with service.
    • RHEL 7.1 with service or RHEL 6.6 with service.

OSA-Express4S 10 GbE LR (#0406) and 10 GbE SR (#0407) require at a minimum:

CHPID type OSD:

  • z/VM V6.4.(11)
  • z/VM V6.3.
  • z/VM V6.2.
  • KVM for IBM z Systems V1.1.1.
  • Linux on IBM LinuxONE:
    • SLES 12 with service or SLES 11 SP3 with service.
    • RHEL 7.1 with service or RHEL 6.6 with service.

OSA-Express4S 1000BASE-T Ethernet (#0408) requires at minimum:

CHPID type OSC supporting TN3270E and non-SNA DFT with exploitation of two ports per CHPID:

  • z/VM V6.4.(11)
  • z/VM V6.3.
  • z/VM V6.2.

CHPID type OSD with exploitation of two ports per CHPID or without maximum port exploitation (one port on the PCIe adapter is available for use):

  • z/VM V6.4.(11)
  • z/VM V6.3.
  • z/VM V6.2.
  • KVM for IBM z Systems V1.1.1.
  • Linux on IBM LinuxONE:
    • SLES 12 with service or SLES 11 SP3 with service.
    • RHEL 7.1 with service or RHEL 6.6 with service.

Inbound workload queuing for Enterprise Extender (CHPID type OSD):

  • z/VM V6.4 for guest exploitation.(11)
  • z/VM V6.3 for guest exploitation.
  • z/VM V6.2 for guest exploitation.

Checksum offload for IPv6 packets (CHPID type OSD):

  • z/VM V6.4 for guest exploitation.(11)
  • z/VM V6.3 for guest exploitation.
  • z/VM V6.2 for guest exploitation.

Checksum offload for LPAR-to-LPAR traffic for IPv4 and IPv6 packets (CHPID type OSD):

  • z/VM V6.4 for guest exploitation.(11)
  • z/VM V6.3 for guest exploitation.
  • z/VM V6.2 for guest exploitation.

Large Send for IPv6 packets (CHPID type OSD):

  • z/VM V6.4 for guest exploitation.(11)
  • z/VM V6.3 for guest exploitation.
  • z/VM V6.2 for guest exploitation.

CHPID type OSE supporting 4 or 2 ports per feature:

  • z/VM V6.4.(11)
  • z/VM V6.3.
  • z/VM V6.2.

CHPID type OSN for OSA-Express for NCP (does not use ports; all communication is LPAR-to-LPAR):

  • z/VM V6.4.(11)
  • z/VM V6.3.
  • z/VM V6.2.
  • KVM for IBM z Systems V1.1.1.
  • Linux on IBM LinuxONE:
    • SLES 12 with service or SLES 11 SP3 with service.
    • RHEL 7.1 with service or RHEL 6.6 with service.

OSA-Express5S GbE LX (#0413) and GbE SX (#0414) require at minimum:

CHPID type OSD with exploitation of two ports per CHPID or without maximum port exploitation (one port on the PCIe adapter is available for use):

  • z/VM V6.4.(11)
  • z/VM V6.3.
  • z/VM V6.2.
  • KVM for IBM z Systems V1.1.1.
  • Linux on IBM LinuxONE:
    • SLES 12 with service or SLES 11 SP3 with service.
    • RHEL 7.1 with service or RHEL 6.6 with service.

OSA-Express5S 10 GbE LR (#0415) and 10 GbE SR (#0416) require at a minimum:

CHPID type OSD:

  • z/VM V6.4.(11)
  • z/VM V6.3.
  • z/VM V6.2.
  • KVM for IBM z Systems V1.1.1.
  • Linux on IBM LinuxONE:
    • SLES 12 with service or SLES 11 SP3 with service.
    • RHEL 7.1 with service or RHEL 6.6 with service.

OSA-Express5S 1000BASE-T Ethernet (#0417) requires at minimum:

CHPID type OSC supporting TN3270E and non-SNA DFT with exploitation of two ports per CHPID:

  • z/VM V6.4.(11)
  • z/VM V6.3.
  • z/VM V6.2.

CHPID type OSD with exploitation of two ports per CHPID or without maximum port exploitation (one port on the PCIe adapter is available for use):

  • z/VM V6.4.(11)
  • z/VM V6.3.
  • z/VM V6.2.
  • KVM for IBM z Systems V1.1.1.
  • Linux on IBM LinuxONE:
    • SLES 12 with service or SLES 11 SP3 with service.
    • RHEL 7.1 with service or RHEL 6.6 with service.

Inbound workload queuing for Enterprise Extender (CHPID type OSD):

  • z/VM V6.4 for guest exploitation.(11)
  • z/VM V6.3 with PTFs for guest exploitation.
  • z/VM V6.2 with PTFs for guest exploitation.

Checksum offload for IPv6 packets (CHPID type OSD):

  • z/VM V6.4 for guest exploitation.(11)
  • z/VM V6.3 for guest exploitation.
  • z/VM V6.2 for guest exploitation.

Checksum offload for LPAR-to-LPAR traffic for IPv4 and IPv6 packets (CHPID type OSD):

  • z/VM V6.4 for guest exploitation.(11)
  • z/VM V6.3 for guest exploitation.
  • z/VM V6.2 for guest exploitation.

Large Send for IPv6 packets (CHPID type OSD):

  • z/VM V6.4 for guest exploitation.(11)
  • z/VM V6.3 for guest exploitation.
  • z/VM V6.2 for guest exploitation.

CHPID type OSE supporting 4 or 2 ports per feature:

  • z/VM V6.4.(11)
  • z/VM V6.3.
  • z/VM V6.2.

CHPID type OSN for OSA-Express for NCP (does not use ports; all communication is LPAR-to-LPAR):

  • z/VM V6.4.(11)
  • z/VM V6.3.
  • z/VM V6.2.
  • KVM for IBM z Systems V1.1.1.
  • Linux on IBM LinuxONE:
    • SLES 12 with service or SLES 11 SP3 with service.
    • RHEL 7.1 with service or RHEL 6.6 with service.

Crypto Express5S (#0890) Toleration, which treats Crypto Express5S as cryptographic coprocessors and accelerators, requires at a minimum:

  • z/VM V6.4 for guest exploitation.(11)
  • z/VM V6.3 with PTFs for guest exploitation.
  • z/VM V6.2 with PTFs for guest exploitation.
  • KVM for IBM z Systems V1.1.1.
  • Linux on IBM LinuxONE:

Crypto Express5S (#0890) support of greater than 16 domains requires at a minimum:

  • z/VM V6.4 for guest exploitation.(11)
  • z/VM V6.3 with PTFs for guest exploitation.
  • z/VM V6.2 with PTFs for guest exploitation.
  • KVM for IBM z Systems V1.1.1.
  • Linux on IBM LinuxONE:

10GbE RoCE Express (#0411) for Ethernet communications (which does not require a peer OSA) including Single Root I/O Virtualization (SR-IOV) requires at a minimum:

  • z/VM V6.4 for guest exploitation.(11)
  • z/VM V6.3 with PTFs for guest exploitation.
  • Linux on IBM LinuxONE: Currently limited to experimental support in:
    • SLES 12 or SLES11 SP3 with latest maintenance.
    • RHEL 7.0.

Transactional memory requires at a minimum:

  • KVM for IBM z Systems V1.1.1.
  • Linux on IBM LinuxONE:
    • SLES 12 or SLES 11 SP3.
    • RHEL 7 or RHEL 6.4.

IBM zAware requires at a minimum:

  • z/VM V6.4 in support of monitoring Linux on IBM LinuxONE guests.(11)
  • z/VM V6.3 with PTFs in support of monitoring Linux on IBM LinuxONE guests.
  • z/VM V6.2 with PTFs in support of monitoring Linux on IBM LinuxONE guests.
  • The following browsers are supported for the GUI: Firefox 31 and Internet Explorer 9,10, and 11.

Flash Express (#0403) requires at a minimum:

  • Linux on LinuxONE:
    • SLES 12 or SLES 11 SP3.
    • RHEL 7 or RHEL 6.4.

zEDC Express (#0420) for compression acceleration requires at a minimum:

  • z/VM 6.4 for guest exploitation.(11)
  • z/VM 6.3 with PTFs for guest exploitation.
  • Linux on LinuxONE:
    • IBM is working with its Linux distribution partners to include support in future distribution releases.

Back to topBack to top
 
Publications

Publications for machine types 2964 (IBM z13, IBM LinuxONE Emperor) and 2965 (IBM z13s, IBM LinuxONE Rockhopper) are listed below as follows.

The following publications are available now in the Library section of Resource Link:

Title                                                     Order
                                                          number
--------------------------------------------------------- ---------
IBM z13 Installation Manual for Physical Planning         GC28-6938
IBM z13s Installation Manual for Physical Planning (IMPP) GC28-6953
PR/SM Planning Guide                                      SB10-7162
IOCP User's Guide for ICP                                 SB10-7163
Planning for Fiber Optic Links                            GA23-1407

The following publications are shipped with the product and will be available at planned availability in the Library section of Resource Link:

Title                                                        Order
                                                             number
------------------------------------------------------------ ---------
IBM z13 Installation Manual                                  GC28-6936
IBM z13s Installation Manual                                 GC28-6952
IBM z13 Service Guide                                        GC28-6937
IBM z13s Service Guide                                       GC28-6955
Service Guide for TKE Workstations                           GC28-6942
Systems Safety Notices                                       G229-9054
IBM z13 Safety Inspection                                    GC28-6935
IBM z13s Safety Inspection                                   GC28-6954
Systems Environmental Notices and User Guide                 Z125-5823
z Systems Statement of Limited Warranty                      GC28-6946
License Agreement for Machine Code                           SC28-6872
License Agreement for Machine Code Addendum for Cryptography GC27-2635

The following publications will be available at planned availability in the Library section of Resource Link:

Title                                                          Order
                                                               number
-------------------------------------------------------------- ---------
Integrating the HMC's Broadband RSF into your Enterprise       SC28-6951
Application Programming Interfaces                             SB10-7164
Capacity on Demand User's Guide                                SC28-6943
Common Information Model (CIM) Management Interface            SB10-7165
CHPID Mapping Tool User's Guide                                GC28-6947
Service Guide for HMC (FC 0096)                                GC28-6962
Hardware Management Console Web Services API (V2.13.1)         SC27-2634
IBM z13 Parts Catalog                                          GC28-6939
IBM z13s Parts Catalog                                         GC28-6956
SCSI IPL - Machine Loader Messages                             SC28-6948
Service Guide for HMCs and SEs                                 GC28-6944
Service Guide for Support Element (FC 4027, FC 4028, FC 0146)  GC28-6961
Stand-Alone IOCP User's Guide                                  SB10-7166
Ensemble Workload Resource Group Management Guide              GC27-2633
Ensemble Planning Guide                                        GC27-2631
IBM z Advanced Workload Analysis Reporter (IBM zAware) Guide   SC27-2632
V2.0
OSA-Express Customer Guide and Reference                       SA22-7935
OSA/SF on the Hardware Management Console                      SC14-7580
FICON CTC Reference                                            SB10-7167
Maintenance Information for Fiber Optic Links                  SY27-7694
Hardware Management Console Security                           SC28-6960
IBM Dynamic Partition Manager Planning Guide                   SB10-7168

Resource Link

Publications for IBM z Systems and IBM LinuxONE can be obtained at Resource Link by accessing the following website:

http://www.ibm.com/servers/resourcelink

Using the instructions on the Resource Link panels, obtain a user ID and password. Resource Link has been designed for easy access and navigation.

HMC and SE console documentation

At planned availability, the Hardware Management Console (HMC) and Support Element (SE) console documentation (Version 2.13.1) will be available from IBM Knowledge Center (select z Systems and then select your product from the navigation bar).

IBM Knowledge Center provides you with a single information center where you can access product documentation for IBM systems hardware, operating systems, and server software. Through a consistent framework, you can efficiently find information and personalize your access. IBM Knowledge Center is at

http://www.ibm.com/support/knowledgecenter

The following Redbooks publications are available now:

Title                                   Document
                                        number
--------------------------------------- ---------
IBM z13 Technical Guide                 SG24-8251
IBM z13 and z13s Technical Introduction SG24-8250
IBM z Systems Functional Matrix         REDP-5157
IBM z13s Technical Guide                SG24-8294

To download these Redbooks publications, go to

http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/Redbooks.nsf/pages/zEnter prise?Open

For other IBM Redbooks publications, refer to:

http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/

IBM Publications Center Portal

http://www.ibm.com/shop/publications/order

The Publications Center is a worldwide central repository for IBM product publications and marketing material with a catalog of 70,000 items. Extensive search facilities are provided. A large number of publications are available online in various file formats, which can currently be downloaded.

The IBM Publications Center Portal is located at

http://www.ibm.com/shop/publications/order

The Publications Center is a worldwide central repository for IBM product publications and marketing material with a catalog of 70,000 items. Extensive search facilities are provided. A large number of publications are available online in various file formats, which can currently be downloaded.
Back to topBack to top
 

Features
TOC Link Features - No charge TOC Link Features - Chargeable TOC Link Feature descriptions


Features - No charge

COLOR: A specify code is not required.

VOLTAGE: A specify code for line cord feature codes is required and will be provided by the configurator based on the country code of the order.

LANGUAGE: A specify code for language is required and will be provided by the configurator based on the country code of the order.

Features - Chargeable

Product number

The following feature codes are now available on the IBM z13s (MTM 2965).

Description                 Machine Type Model Feature
-----------                 ------------ ----- -------
IBM z13s                    2965         N10
                                         N20
 
MTU 1 - D                                      0001
MTU 100 - D                                    0002
MTU 1 - V                                      0003
MTU 100 - V                                    0004
GTU 1 - D                                      0005
GTU 100 - D                                    0006
GTU 1 - V                                      0007
GTU 100 - V                                    0008
GTU 1000 - D                                   0009
GTU 1000 - V                                   0010
 
HW for DPM                                     0016
 
Manage FW Suite                                0019
Automate FW Suite                              0020
Ensemble Membership Flag                       0025
 
HMC w/Dual EN                                  0092
HMC Rack Mount                                 0094
HMC Tower                                      0095
HMC Rack Mount                                 0096
TKE Rack Mount                                 0097
TKE Tower                                      0098
 
1 CPE Capacity Unit                            0116
100 CPE Capacity Unit                          0117
10000 CPE Capacity Unit                        0118
1 CPE Capacity Unit-IFL                        0119
100 CPE Capacity Unit-IFL                      0120
1 CPE Capacity Unit-ICF                        0121
100 CPE Capacity Unit-ICF                      0122
1 CPE Capacity Unit-zIIP                       0125
100 CPE Capacity Unit-zIIP                     0126
1 CPE Capacity Unit-SAP                        0127
100 CPE Capacity Unit-SAP                      0128
 
CPC                                            0146
 
HMC Table Top KMM                              0148
Mouse                                          0152
HMC Tower Keyboard                             0153
HMC Rack Keybd/Monitor/Mouse                   0154
TKE Tower Keyboard                             0155
TKE Rack Keybd/Monitor/Mouse                   0156
TKE Table Top KMM                              0157
 
I/O Cage Full Card Airflow                     0114
Fanout Airflow                                 0165
HCA3-O LR fanout for 1x IFB                    0170
HCA3-O fanout for 12x IFB                      0171
ICA SR fanout                                  0172
PCIe fanout Gen3                               0173
Fanout airflow PCIe                            0174
 
Client Must Provide Mouse                      0186
Client Must Provide HMC KeyBd                  0187
Client Must Provide HMC KMM                    0188
Client Must Provide TKE KeyBd                  0189
Client Must Provide TKE KMM                    0190
Client Must Provide Display                    0191
 
US English                                     0235
France                                         0236
German/Austrian                                0237
LA Spanish                                     0238
Spain                                          0239
Italian                                        0240
French Canadian                                0241
Portuguese                                     0242
UK English                                     0243
Norwegian                                      0244
Sweden Finland                                 0245
Netherlands                                    0246
Belgian French                                 0247
Denmark                                        0248
Swiss French/German                            0249
PCIe Interconnect Gen3                         0401
Flash Express                                  0403
FICON Express8S 10Km LX                        0409
FICON Express8S SX                             0410
10 GbE RoCE Express                            0411
OSA-Express5S GbE LX                           0413
OSA-Express5S GbE SX                           0414
OSA-Express5S 10 GbE LR                        0415
OSA-Express5S 10 GbE SR                        0416
OSA-Express5S 1000BASE-T                       0417
FICON Express16S LX                            0418
FICON Express16S SX                            0419
zEDC Express                                   0420
Read-Only Media Option                         0845
TKE workstation                                0847
32GB USB backup media                          0848
TKE 8.1 LIC                                    0878
Crypto Express5S                               0890
TKE Smart Card Reader                          0891
TKE addl smart cards                           0892
4767 TKE Crypto Adapter                        0894
Description                  Machine Type Model Feature
-----------                  ------------ ----- -------
UID Label for DoD                               0998
 
IBM zAware                                      0011
IBM zAware 2pack                                1012
IBM zAware 4pack                                1013
IBM zAware 6pack                                1014
IBM zAware 10 pack                              1015
IBM zAware DR 2pack                             1017
IBM zAware DR 4pack                             1018
IBM zAware DR 6pack                             1019
IBM zAware DR 10pack                            1020
 
STP Enablement                                  1021
EMEA Special Operations                         1022
 
16 GB Mem DIMM(5/feat)                          1620
32 GB Mem DIMM(5/feat)                          1621
64 GB Mem DIMM(5/feat)                          1622
128 GB Mem DIMM(5/feat)                         1623
 
LICCC Ship Via Net Ind                          1750
3x 16GB Capacity Incr                           1887
3x 8GB Capacity Incr                            1888
3x 8GB Carry Forward                            1889
Mega 16GB Capacity Incr                         1890
Mega 8GB Capacity Incr                          1891
Mega 8GB Carry Forward                          1892
16GB Memory Capacity Incr                       1899
8GB Memory Capacity Incr                        1903
8GB FTR Converted Memory                        1904
8GB Preplanned memory                           1993
16GB Preplanned memory                          1996
 
64 GB Memory                                    3616
72 GB Memory                                    3617
80 GB Memory                                    3618
88 GB Memory                                    3619
120 GB Memory                                   3623
152 GB Memory                                   3624
184 GB Memory                                   3625
216 GB Memory                                   3626
248 GB Memory                                   3627
280 GB Memory                                   3640
312 GB Memory                                   3641
344 GB Memory                                   3642
408 GB Memory                                   3643
472 GB Memory                                   3644
536 GB Memory                                   3645
600 GB Memory                                   3646
728 GB Memory                                   3647
856 GB Memory                                   3648
984 GB Memory                                   3649
 
Flat Panel Display                              6096
Balanced Power Plan Ahead                       3003
BPD Pair                                        3012
BPR Pair                                        3013
Internal Battery IBF                            3215
 
Universal Lift Tool/Ladder                      3105
Universal Lift Tool upgr kit                    3103
Serv Docs Optional Print                        0033
CPACF Enablement                                3863
PCIe I/O Drawer                                 4032
 
Top Exit Cabling                                7920
Side Covers                                     7921
FQC Bracket & Mounting Hdw                      7932
LC Duplex 6.6ft Harness                         7933
Non Raised Floor Support                        7998
 
4-in-1 Bolt Down Kit                            8021
Bolt Down Kit NRF                               8022
 
0-Way Processor A00                             3700
1-Way Processor A01                             3701
1-Way Processor B01                             3702
1-Way Processor C01                             3703
1-Way Processor D01                             3704
1-Way Processor E01                             3705
1-Way Processor F01                             3706
1-Way Processor G01                             3707
1-Way Processor H01                             3708
1-Way Processor I01                             3709
1-Way Processor J01                             3710
1-Way Processor K01                             3711
1-Way Processor L01                             3712
1-Way Processor M01                             3713
1-Way Processor N01                             3714
1-Way Processor O01                             3715
1-Way Processor P01                             3716
1-Way Processor Q01                             3717
1-Way Processor R01                             3718
1-Way Processor S01                             3719
1-Way Processor T01                             3720
1-Way Processor U01                             3721
1-Way Processor V01                             3722
1-Way Processor W01                             3723
1-Way Processor X01                             3724
1-Way Processor Y01                             3725
1-Way Processor Z01                             3726
2-Way Processor A02                             3727
2-Way Processor B02                             3728
2-Way Processor C02                             3729
2-Way Processor D02                             3730
2-Way Processor E02                             3731
2-Way Processor F02                             3732
2-Way Processor G02                             3733
2-Way Processor H02                             3734
2-Way Processor I02                             3735
2-Way Processor J02                             3736
2-Way Processor K02                             3737
2-Way Processor L02                             3738
2-Way Processor M02                             3739
2-Way Processor N02                             3740
2-Way Processor O02                             3741
2-Way Processor P02                             3742
2-Way Processor Q02                             3743
2-Way Processor R02                             3744
2-Way Processor S02                             3745
2-Way Processor T02                             3746
2-Way Processor U02                             3747
2-Way Processor V02                             3748
2-Way Processor W02                             3749
2-Way Processor X02                             3750
2-Way Processor Y02                             3751
2-Way Processor Z02                             3752
3-Way Processor A03                             3753
3-Way Processor B03                             3754
3-Way Processor C03                             3755
3-Way Processor D03                             3756
3-Way Processor E03                             3757
3-Way Processor F03                             3758
3-Way Processor G03                             3760
3-Way Processor H03                             3761
3-Way Processor I03                             3762
3-Way Processor J03                             3763
3-Way Processor K03                             3764
3-Way Processor L03                             3765
3-Way Processor M03                             3766
3-Way Processor N03                             3767
3-Way Processor O03                             3768
3-Way Processor P03                             3769
3-Way Processor Q03                             3770
3-Way Processor R03                             3771
3-Way Processor S03                             3772
3-Way Processor T03                             3773
3-Way Processor U03                             3774
3-Way Processor V03                             3775
3-Way Processor W03                             3776
3-Way Processor X03                             3777
3-Way Processor Y03                             3778
3-Way Processor Z03                             3779
4-Way Processor A04                             3780
4-Way Processor B04                             3781
4-Way Processor C04                             3782
4-Way Processor D04                             3783
4-Way Processor E04                             3784
4-Way Processor F04                             3785
4-Way Processor G04                             3786
4-Way Processor H04                             3787
4-Way Processor I04                             3788
4-Way Processor J04                             3789
4-Way Processor K04                             3790
4-Way Processor L04                             3791
4-Way Processor M04                             3792
4-Way Processor N04                             3793
4-Way Processor O04                             3794
4-Way Processor P04                             3795
4-Way Processor Q04                             3796
4-Way Processor R04                             3797
4-Way Processor S04                             3798
4-Way Processor T04                             3799
4-Way Processor U04                             3800
4-Way Processor V04                             3801
4-Way Processor W04                             3802
4-Way Processor X04                             3803
4-Way Processor Y04                             3804
4-Way Processor Z04                             3805
5-Way Processor A05                             3806
5-Way Processor B05                             3807
5-Way Processor C05                             3808
5-Way Processor D05                             3809
5-Way Processor E05                             3810
5-Way Processor F05                             3811
5-Way Processor G05                             3812
5-Way Processor H05                             3813
5-Way Processor I05                             3814
5-Way Processor J05                             3815
5-Way Processor K05                             3816
5-Way Processor L05                             3817
5-Way Processor M05                             3818
5-Way Processor N05                             3819
5-Way Processor O05                             3820
5-Way Processor P05                             3821
5-Way Processor Q05                             3822
5-Way Processor R05                             3823
5-Way Processor S05                             3824
5-Way Processor T05                             3825
5-Way Processor U05                             3826
5-Way Processor V05                             3827
5-Way Processor W05                             3828
5-Way Processor X05                             3829
5-Way Processor Y05                             3830
5-Way Processor Z05                             3831
6-Way Processor A06                             3832
6-Way Processor B06                             3833
6-Way Processor C06                             3834
6-Way Processor D06                             3835
6-Way Processor E06                             3836
6-Way Processor F06                             3837
6-Way Processor G06                             3838
6-Way Processor H06                             3839
6-Way Processor I06                             3840
6-Way Processor J06                             3841
6-Way Processor K06                             3842
6-Way Processor L06                             3843
6-Way Processor M06                             3844
6-Way Processor N06                             3845
6-Way Processor O06                             3846
6-Way Processor P06                             3847
6-Way Processor Q06                             3848
6-Way Processor R06                             3849
6-Way Processor S06                             3850
6-Way Processor T06                             3851
6-Way Processor U06                             3852
6-Way Processor V06                             3853
6-Way Processor W06                             3854
6-Way Processor X06                             3855
6-Way Processor Y06                             3856
6-Way Processor Z06                             3857
CP-A                                            6273
CP-B                                            6274
CP-C                                            6275
CP-D                                            6276
CP-E                                            6277
CP-F                                            6278
CP-G                                            6279
CP-H                                            6280
CP-I                                            6281
CP-J                                            6282
CP-K                                            6283
CP-L                                            6284
CP-M                                            6285
CP-N                                            6286
CP-O                                            6287
CP-P                                            6288
CP-Q                                            6289
CP-R                                            6290
CP-S                                            6291
CP-T                                            6292
CP-U                                            6293
CP-V                                            6294
CP-W                                            6295
CP-X                                            6296
CP-Y                                            6297
CP-Z                                            6298
IFL                                             1924
ICF                                             1925
SAP (optional)                                  1926
zIIP                                            1927
Unassigned IFL                                  1928
A00 Capacity Marker                             9227
A01 Capacity Marker                             9228
B01 Capacity Marker                             9229
C01 Capacity Marker                             9230
D01 Capacity Marker                             9231
E01 Capacity Marker                             9232
F01 Capacity Marker                             9233
G01 Capacity Marker                             9234
H01 Capacity Marker                             9235
I01 Capacity Marker                             9236
J01 Capacity Marker                             9237
K01 Capacity Marker                             9238
L01 Capacity Marker                             9239
M01 Capacity Marker                             9240
N01 Capacity Marker                             9241
O01 Capacity Marker                             9242
P01 Capacity Marker                             9243
Q01 Capacity Marker                             9244
R01 Capacity Marker                             9245
S01 Capacity Marker                             9246
T01 Capacity Marker                             9247
U01 Capacity Marker                             9248
V01 Capacity Marker                             9249
W01 Capacity Marker                             9250
X01 Capacity Marker                             9251
Y01 Capacity Marker                             9252
Z01 Capacity Marker                             9253
A02 Capacity Marker                             9254
B02 Capacity Marker                             9255
C02 Capacity Marker                             9256
D02 Capacity Marker                             9257
E02 Capacity Marker                             9258
F02 Capacity Marker                             9259
G02 Capacity Marker                             9260
H02 Capacity Marker                             9261
I02 Capacity Marker                             9262
J02 Capacity Marker                             9263
K02 Capacity Marker                             9264
L02 Capacity Marker                             9265
M02 Capacity Marker                             9266
N02 Capacity Marker                             9267
O02 Capacity Marker                             9268
P02 Capacity Marker                             9269
Q02 Capacity Marker                             9270
R02 Capacity Marker                             9271
S02 Capacity Marker                             9272
T02 Capacity Marker                             9273
U02 Capacity Marker                             9274
V02 Capacity Marker                             9275
W02 Capacity Marker                             9276
X02 Capacity Marker                             9277
Y02 Capacity Marker                             9278
Z02 Capacity Marker                             9279
A03 Capacity Marker                             9280
B03 Capacity Marker                             9281
C03 Capacity Marker                             9282
D03 Capacity Marker                             9283
E03 Capacity Marker                             9284
F03 Capacity Marker                             9285
G03 Capacity Marker                             9286
H03 Capacity Marker                             9287
I03 Capacity Marker                             9288
J03 Capacity Marker                             9289
K03 Capacity Marker                             9290
L03 Capacity Marker                             9291
M03 Capacity Marker                             9292
N03 Capacity Marker                             9293
O03 Capacity Marker                             9294
P03 Capacity Marker                             9295
Q03 Capacity Marker                             9296
R03 Capacity Marker                             9297
S03 Capacity Marker                             9298
T03 Capacity Marker                             9299
U03 Capacity Marker                             9300
V03 Capacity Marker                             9301
W03 Capacity Marker                             9302
X03 Capacity Marker                             9303
Y03 Capacity Marker                             9304
Z03 Capacity Marker                             9305
A04 Capacity Marker                             9306
B04 Capacity Marker                             9307
C04 Capacity Marker                             9308
D04 Capacity Marker                             9309
E04 Capacity Marker                             9310
F04 Capacity Marker                             9311
G04 Capacity Marker                             9312
H04 Capacity Marker                             9313
I04 Capacity Marker                             9314
J04 Capacity Marker                             9315
K04 Capacity Marker                             9316
L04 Capacity Marker                             9317
M04 Capacity Marker                             9318
N04 Capacity Marker                             9319
O04 Capacity Marker                             9320
P04 Capacity Marker                             9321
Q04 Capacity Marker                             9322
R04 Capacity Marker                             9323
S04 Capacity Marker                             9324
T04 Capacity Marker                             9325
U04 Capacity Marker                             9326
V04 Capacity Marker                             9327
W04 Capacity Marker                             9328
X04 Capacity Marker                             9329
Y04 Capacity Marker                             9330
Z04 Capacity Marker                             9331
A05 Capacity Marker                             9332
B05 Capacity Marker                             9333
C05 Capacity Marker                             9334
D05 Capacity Marker                             9335
E05 Capacity Marker                             9336
F05 Capacity Marker                             9337
G05 Capacity Marker                             9338
H05 Capacity Marker                             9339
I05 Capacity Marker                             9340
J05 Capacity Marker                             9341
K05 Capacity Marker                             9342
L05 Capacity Marker                             9343
M05 Capacity Marker                             9344
N05 Capacity Marker                             9345
O05 Capacity Marker                             9346
P05 Capacity Marker                             9347
Q05 Capacity Marker                             9348
R05 Capacity Marker                             9349
S05 Capacity Marker                             9350
T05 Capacity Marker                             9351
U05 Capacity Marker                             9352
V05 Capacity Marker                             9353
W05 Capacity Marker                             9354
X05 Capacity Marker                             9355
Y05 Capacity Marker                             9356
Z05 Capacity Marker                             9357
A06 Capacity Marker                             9358
B06 Capacity Marker                             9359
C06 Capacity Marker                             9360
D06 Capacity Marker                             9361
E06 Capacity Marker                             9362
F06 Capacity Marker                             9363
G06 Capacity Marker                             9364
H06 Capacity Marker                             9365
I06 Capacity Marker                             9366
J06 Capacity Marker                             9367
K06 Capacity Marker                             9368
L06 Capacity Marker                             9369
M06 Capacity Marker                             9370
N06 Capacity Marker                             9371
O06 Capacity Marker                             9372
P06 Capacity Marker                             9373
Q06 Capacity Marker                             9374
R06 Capacity Marker                             9375
S06 Capacity Marker                             9376
T06 Capacity Marker                             9377
U06 Capacity Marker                             9378
V06 Capacity Marker                             9379
W06 Capacity Marker                             9380
X06 Capacity Marker                             9381
Y06 Capacity Marker                             9382
Z06 Capacity Marker                             9383
 
Additional CBU Test                             6805
Total CBU Years Ordered                         6817
CBU Records Ordered                             6818
Single CBU CP-Year                              6820
25 CBU CP-Year                                  6821
Single CBU IFL-Year                             6822
25 CBU IFL-Year                                 6823
Single CBU ICF-Year                             6824
25 CBU ICF-Year                                 6825
Single CBU zIIP-Year                            6828
25 CBU zIIP-Year                                6829
Single CBU SAP-Year                             6830
25 CBU SAP-Year                                 6831
 
CBU Replenishment                               6832
Capacity for Planned Event                      6833
OPO Sales Flag                                  6835
OPO Sales Flag Alteration                       6836
Multi Order Ship Flag                           9000
Multi Order Rec Only-NB                         9001
Multi Order Rec Only-MES                        9002
RPO Action Flag                                 9003
 
Downgraded PUs Per Request                      9004
On/Off CoD Act IFL Day                          9888
On/Off CoD Act 100 IFL Day                      9874
On/Off CoD Act ICF Day                          9889
On/Off CoD authorization                        9896
On/Off CoD Act Cap CP Day                       9897
Perm upgr authorization                         9898
CIU Activation (Flag)                           9899
On Line CoD Buying (Flag)                       9900
On/Off CoD Act zIIP Day                         9908
On/Off CoD Act SAP Day                          9909
CBU authorization                               9910
CPE authorization                               9912
OPO sales authorization                         9913
 
1 MSU day                                       9917
100 MSU days                                    9918
10000 MSU days                                  9919
1 IFL day                                       9920
100 IFL days                                    9921
1 ICF day                                       9922
100 ICF days                                    9923
1 zIIP day                                      9924
100 zIIP days                                   9925
1 SAP day                                       9928
100 SAP days                                    9929
 
Height Reduce Ship                              9975
Height Reduce for Return                        9976
Description                 Machine Model Feature
                            Type
--------------------------- ------- ----- -------
14ft HiLoV 3Ph Cut Top Exit               8970
14ft HiLoV 1Ph Cut Top Exit               8972
14ft 380-520V DC Cut Cord                 8964
14ft 380-520V Cut TE                      8974
14t Hi/LoV 3 Ph Cut Cord                  8988
14ft HiLoV 1 Ph Cut Cord                  8991
14ft HiV 3Ph Cut line-LSZH                8998
 
-------------- ------------ ----- -------
Description    Machine Type Model Feature
IBM z13s       2965         N20
Second CPC                        1045
1112 GB Memory                    3650
1240 GB Memory                    3651
1368 GB Memory                    3652
1496 GB Memory                    3653
1624 GB Memory                    3654
1752 GB Memory                    3655
1880 GB Memory                    3656
2008 GB Memory                    3657
2264 GB Memory                    3658
2520 GB Memory                    3659
2776 GB Memory                    3660
3032 GB Memory                    3661
3288 GB Memory                    3662
3544 GB Memory                    3663
3800 GB Memory                    3664
4056 GB Memory                    3665
 
Description          Machine Model Feature
                     Type
-------------------- ------- ----- -------
IBM z13s             2965    N10
Model N10 Air Cooled               1043
                             N20
Model N20 Air Cooled               1044

Features that may carry forward on an upgrade:

The following features are not orderable on the IBM z13s models. If they are installed at the time of an upgrade to the IBM z13s, they may be retained.

-------------------------- ------------ ----- -------
Description                Machine Type Model Feature
IBM z13s                   2965         N10
                                        N20
HCA2-C Fanout                                 0162
IFB-MP Daughter Card                          0326
STI-A8 Mother Card                            0327
Flash Express                                 0402
OSA-Express4S 1 GbE LX                        0404
OSA-Express4S 1 GbE SX                        0405
OSA-Express4S 10 GbE LR                       0406
OSA-Express4S 10 GbE SR                       0407
Addl smart cards                              0884
TKE Smart Card Reader                         0885
I/O Drawer                                    4000
FICON Express8 10KM LX                        3325
FICON Express8 SX                             3326
Universal Lift Tool/Ladder                    3759
 
-------------------------- ------------ ----- -------
Description                Machine Type Model Feature
14ft HiV 1ph cut line LSZH                    8999

Notes:

  • Memory DIMMs do NOT carry forward
  • Support Elements do NOT carry forward

The following models and feature codes are now available on the IBM LinuxONE Rockhopper (MT 2965).

Description               Machine Type Model Feature
-----------               ------------ ----- -------
IBM LinuxONE Rockhopper   2965         L10
                                       L20
 
MTU 1 - D                                    0001
MTU 100 - D                                  0002
MTU 1 - V                                    0003
MTU 100 - V                                  0004
GTU 1 - D                                    0005
GTU 100 - D                                  0006
GTU 1 - V                                    0007
GTU 100 - V                                  0008
GTU 1000 - D                                 0009
GTU 1000 - V                                 0010
 
HW for DPM                                   0016
 
Manage FW Suite                              0019
Automate FW Suite                            0020
Ensemble membership Flag                     0025
 
HMC w/Dual EN                                0092
HMC Rack Mount                               0094
HMC Tower                                    0095
HMC Rack Mount                               0096
TKE Rack Mount                               0097
TKE Tower                                    0098
 
1 CPE Capacity Unit                          0116
100 CPE Capacity Unit                        0117
10000 CPE Capacity Unit                      0118
1 CPE Capacity Unit-IFL                      0119
100 CPE Capacity Unit-IFL                    0120
1 CPE Capacity Unit-SAP                      0127
100 CPE Capacity Unit-SAP                    0128
 
CPC                                          0146
 
Fanout Airflow                               0165
PCIe fanout Gen3                             0173
Fanout airflow PCIe                          0174
 
US English                                   0235
France                                       0236
German/Austrian                              0237
LA Spanish                                   0238
Spain                                        0239
Italian                                      0240
French Canadian                              0241
Portuguese                                   0242
UK English                                   0243
Norwegian                                    0244
Sweden Finland                               0245
Netherlands                                  0246
Belgian French                               0247
Denmark                                      0248
Swiss French/German                          0249
 
PCIe Interconnect Gen3                       0401
Flash Express                                0403
FICON Express8S 10Km LX                      0409
FICON Express8S SX                           0410
10 GbE RoCE Express                          0411
OSA-Express5S GbE LX                         0413
OSA-Express5S GbE SX                         0414
OSA-Express5S 10 GbE LR                      0415
OSA-Express5S 10 GbE SR                      0416
OSA-Express5S 1000BASE-T                     0417
FICON Express16S LX                          0418
FICON Express16S SX                          0419
zEDC Express                                 0420
 
Read-Only Media Option                       0845
TKE workstation                              0847
32GB USB backup media                        0848
TKE 8.1 LIC                                  0878
Crypto Express5S                             0890
TKE Smart Card Reader                        0891
TKE addl smart cards                         0892
Description                Machine Type Model Feature
-----------                ------------ ----- -------
UID Label for DoD                             0998
 
IBM zAware                                    0011
IBM zAware 2pack                              1012
IBM zAware 4pack                              1013
IBM zAware 6pack                              1014
IBM zAware 10 pack                            1015
IBM zAware DR 2pack                           1017
IBM zAware DR 4pack                           1018
IBM zAware DR 6pack                           1019
IBM zAware DR 10pack                          1020
 
STP Enablement                                1021
EMEA Special Operations                       1022
 
16 GB Mem DIMM(5/feat)                        1620
32 GB Mem DIMM(5/feat)                        1621
64 GB Mem DIMM(5/feat)                        1622
128 GB Mem DIMM(5/feat)                       1623
 
LICCC Ship Via Net Ind                        1750
3x 16GB Capacity Incr                         1887
3x 8GB Capacity Incr                          1888
Mega 16GB Capacity Incr                       1890
Mega 8GB Capacity Incr                        1891
16GB Memory Capacity Incr                     1899
8GB Memory Capacity Incr                      1903
8GB Preplanned memory                         1993
16GB Preplanned memory                        1996
 
64 GB Memory                                  3616
72 GB Memory                                  3617
80 GB Memory                                  3618
88 GB Memory                                  3619
120 GB Memory                                 3623
152 GB Memory                                 3624
184 GB Memory                                 3625
216 GB Memory                                 3626
248 GB Memory                                 3627
280 GB Memory                                 3640
312 GB Memory                                 3641
344 GB Memory                                 3642
408 GB Memory                                 3643
472 GB Memory                                 3644
536 GB Memory                                 3645
600 GB Memory                                 3646
728 GB Memory                                 3647
856 GB Memory                                 3648
984 GB Memory                                 3649
 
Flat Panel Display                            6096
Balanced Power Plan Ahead                     3003
BPD Pair                                      3012
BPR Pair                                      3013
Internal Battery IBF                          3215
 
Universal Lift Tool/Ladder                    3105
Lift Tool Upgr kit                            3103
Serv Docs Optional Print                      0033
CPACF Enablement                              3863
PCIe I/O Drawer                               4032
 
Top Exit Cabling                              7920
Side Covers                                   7921
FQC Bracket & Mounting Hdw                    7932
LC Duplex 6.6ft Harness                       7933
Non Raised Floor Support                      7998
 
4-in-1 Bolt Down Kit                          8021
Bolt Down Kit NRF                             8022
 
0-Way Processor A00                           3700
1-Way Processor C01                           3703
CP-A                                          6273
CP-C                                          6275
IFL                                           1924
SAP (optional)                                1926
Unassigned IFL                                1928
A00 Capacity Marker                           9227
C01 Capacity Marker                           9230
 
Additional CBU Test                           6805
Total CBU Years Ordered                       6817
CBU Records Ordered                           6818
Single CBU IFL-Year                           6822
25 CBU IFL-Year                               6823
Single CBU SAP-Year                           6830
25 CBU SAP-Year                               6831
 
CBU Replenishment                             6832
Capacity for Planned Event                    6833
OPO Sales Flag                                6835
OPO Sales Flag Alteration                     6836
Multi Order Ship Flag                         9000
Multi Order Rec Only-NB                       9001
Multi Order Rec Only-MES                      9002
RPO Action Flag                               9003
 
Downgraded PUs Per Request                    9004
On/Off CoD Act IFL Day                        9888
On/Off CoD Act 100 IFL Day                    9874
On/Off CoD authorization                      9896
Perm upgr authorization                       9898
CIU Activation (Flag)                         9899
On Line CoD Buying (Flag)                     9900
On/Off CoD Act SAP Day                        9909
CBU authorization                             9910
CPE authorization                             9912
OPO sales authorization                       9913
 
1 MSU day                                     9917
100 MSU days                                  9918
10000 MSU days                                9919
1 IFL day                                     9920
100 IFL days                                  9921
1 SAP day                                     9928
100 SAP days                                  9929
 
Height Reduce Ship                            9975
Height Reduce for Return                      9976
 
Description                 Machine Type Model Feature
--------------------------- ------------ ----- -------
14ft HiLoV 3Ph Cut Top Exit                    8970
14ft HiLoV 1Ph Cut Top Exit                    8972
14ft 380-520V DC Cut Cord                      8964
14ft 380-520V Cut TE                           8974
14t Hi/LoV 3 Ph Cut Cord                       8988
14ft HiLoV 1 Ph Cut Cord                       8991
14ft HiV 3Ph Cut line-LSZH                     8998
 
Description             Machine Type Model Feature
----------------------- ------------ ----- -------
IBM LinuxONE Rockhopper 2965         L20
Second CPC                                 1045
1112 GB Memory                             3650
1240 GB Memory                             3651
1368 GB Memory                             3652
1496 GB Memory                             3653
1624 GB Memory                             3654
1752 GB Memory                             3655
1880 GB Memory                             3656
2008 GB Memory                             3657
2264 GB Memory                             3658
2520 GB Memory                             3659
2776 GB Memory                             3660
3032 GB Memory                             3661
3288 GB Memory                             3662
3544 GB Memory                             3663
3800 GB Memory                             3664
4056 GB Memory                             3665
 
Description             Machine Model Feature
                        Type
----------------------- ------- ----- -------
IBM LinuxONE Rockhopper 2965    L10
Model L10 Air Cooled                  1056
                                L20
Model L20 Air Cooled                  1057
 
Description           Machine Model Feature
                      Type
--------------------- ------- ----- -------
IBM zEnterprise EC12  2827    H20
                              H43
                              H66
                              H89
                              HA1
 
TKE 8.1 LIC                         0878
32GB USB Backup Media               0848
 
IBM zEnterprise BC12  2828    H06
                              H13
 
TKE 8.1 LIC                         0878
32GB USB Backup Media               0848

Feature descriptions

The following features are available on LinuxONE Machines (2965: L10, L20; 2964: L30, L63, L96, LC9, LE1) but are not supported by IBM and are not warranted (that is, they are provided by IBM as is):

  • 0025 Ensemble membership
  • 0403 Flash Express

The following features are orderable on the IBM z13s.

(#0011) IBM zAware

(No Longer Available as of June 30, 2017)

Will represent that IBM zAware is installed on a z13s. Multiple instances of the IBM zAware partition can be activated on a single z13s.

  • Minimum: 0.
  • Maximum: 1.
  • Prerequisites: Must be ordered from the host machine to assign both host and client engine quantities.
  • Corequisites: None.
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: No.
  • Limitations: Yes. IBM zAware is not supported on IBM z Systems running in IBM Dynamic Partition Manager (DPM) mode.
  • Field Installable: Yes. Parts removed as a result of feature conversions become the property of IBM.
(#0016) HW for DPM

(No longer available as of June 30, 2019)

This feature code provides the cabling required for OSA-Express5S 1000BASE-T Ethernet features defined as CHPID type OSM connectivity which is used with IBM Dynamic Partition Manager (DPM). Note that the OSA-Express4S 1000BASE-T Ethernet or OSA-Express5S 1000BASE-T Ethernet features cannot be shared and must be dedicated for usage by DPM when configured.

  • Minimum: 0.
  • Maximum: 1.
  • Prerequisites: None
  • Corequisites: Two OSA-Express 1000BASE-T Ethernet features are required, for primary and backup connectivity (OSA-Express5S 1000BASE-T Ethernet #0417). A port is defined as CHPID type OSM.
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: No.
  • Limitations: IBM Dynamic Partition Manager (DPM) can be ordered along with Ensemble Membership (FC #0025) but they cannot both be enabled at the same time on the system. IBM Dynamic Partition Manager (DPM) is supported under Linux running in LPAR as well as under the KVM for IBM z Systems hypervisor. DPM is not supported under the z/VM hypervisor.
  • Field Installable: Yes. Parts removed as a result of feature conversions become the property of IBM.
  • Cable Order: Two 3.2 meter (10.5 feet) Category 6 copper cables with RJ-45 connectors of each end are provided. Installation is performed by service personnel.
(#0019) Manage FW Suite

(No longer available as of June 30, 2020)

This feature is used to enable the base set of tiered function associated with the IBM z Unified Resource Manager. The Manage suite includes core operational controls, installation and configuration management, energy monitoring, hypervisor management, and intraensemble data network (IEDN) management, as well as virtual server lifecycle management. The Manage suite is included in the base IBM z13s at no charge for CPs, IFLs, and zIIPs. There is a charge for blades. One of the two tiered suites of functionality for the IBM z Unified Resource Manager must be ordered. These suites are cumulative. Manage (#0019) is the base suite. If the next level suite, Automate Suite (#0020), is ordered, Manage Suite (#0019) is automatically included.

  • Minimum: None or one if using IBM z Unified Resource Manager.
  • Maximum: One.
  • Prerequisites: None.
  • Corequisites: Either #0019 or #0020 must be ordered. If the Automate Suite (#0020) is ordered, the Manage suite (#0019) is automatically included.
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: No.
  • Limitations: None known.
  • Field Installable: Yes. Parts removed as a result of feature conversions become the property of IBM.
(#0020) Automate FW Suite

This feature is used to enable the Automate suite of functionality associated with the IBM z Unified Resource Manager. The Automate Suite includes representation of resources in a workload context, goal-oriented monitoring and management of resources, and energy management. The Automate Suite is included in the base IBM z13s at no charge for CPs, IFLs, and zIIPs. One of the two tiered suites of functionality for the IBM z Unified Resource Manager must be ordered. These suites are cumulative. Manage (#0019) is the base suite. If the next level suite, Automate Suite (#0020), is ordered, Manage suite (#0019) is automatically included.

  • Minimum: None or one if using IBM z Unified Resource Manager.
  • Maximum: One.
  • Prerequisites: None.
  • Corequisites: Either #0019 or #0020 must be ordered. If the Automate Suite (#0020) is ordered, the Manage suite (#0019) is automatically included.
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: No.
  • Limitations: None known.
  • Field Installable: Yes. Parts removed as a result of feature conversions become the property of IBM.
(#0025) Ensemble membership

(No longer available as of June 30, 2019)

This feature ships the appropriate cabling for connectivity to the intranode management network (INMN).

Ensemble membership requires that the z13s have two OSA-Express4S 1000BASE-T Ethernet or OSA-Express5S 1000BASE-T Ethernet features defined as CHPID type OSM for connectivity to the intranode management network (INMN). Communication across the INMN is exclusively for the purpose of enabling the IBM z Unified Resource Manager of the Hardware Management Console (HMC) to perform its various management disciplines (such as performance management, network virtualization management, energy management, etc.)

  • Minimum: 0.
  • Maximum: 1.
  • Prerequisites: None.
  • Corequisites: Two OSA-Express 1000BASE-T Ethernet features are required, for primary and backup connectivity (OSA-Express4S 1000BASE-T Ethernet #0408 or OSA-Express5S 1000BASE-T Ethernet #0417). A port is defined as CHPID type OSM.
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: No.
  • Limitations: None known.
  • Field Installable: Yes. Parts removed as a result of feature conversions become the property of IBM.
  • Cable Order: Two 3.2 meter (10.5 feet) Category 6 copper cables with RJ-45 connectors of each end are provided. Installation is performed by service personnel.
(#0091) Hardware Management Console

The HMC is a workstation designed to provide a single point of control and single system image for managing local or remote hardware elements. Connectivity is supplied using an Ethernet Local Area Network (LAN) devoted exclusively to accessing the supported local and remote servers. The HMC is designed to support, exclusively, the HMC application. The HMC is supplied with two Ethernet ports capable of operating at 10, 100, or 1000 Mbps. It can act as a primary or alternate HMC.

  • Minimum: In an ensemble, Two; otherwise None.
  • Maximum: Ten (10), combination of #0091, #0092, #0094, #0095, and #0096.
  • Prerequisites: None.
  • Corequisites: None.
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: No.
  • Limitations: The HMC is for the exclusive use of the HMC application. Customer applications cannot reside on the HMC. TCP/IP is the only supported communication protocol. The HMC supports z13s. It can also be used to support z13, zEC12, zBC12, z196, z114, z10 EC, z10 BC, z9 EC, and z9 BC servers. They must be upgraded to a new AROM level.
  • Field Installable: Yes. Parts removed as a result of feature conversions become the property of IBM.
  • Cable Order: Cables are shipped with the HMC. The Ethernet cables are Category 5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) with an RJ-45 connector on each end.
(#0092) Hardware Management Console

(No longer available as of June 30, 2019)

The HMC is a workstation designed to provide a single point of control and single system image for managing local or remote hardware elements. Connectivity is supplied using an Ethernet Local Area Network (LAN) devoted exclusively to accessing the supported local and remote server The HMC is designed to support, exclusively, the HMC application. The HMC is supplied with two Ethernet ports capable of operating at 10, 100, or 1000 Mbps. It can act as a primary or alternate HMC.

  • Minimum: In an ensemble, Two; otherwise, none.
  • Maximum: Ten (10), combination of #0091, #0092, #0094, #0095, and #0096.
  • Prerequisites: None.
  • Corequisites: None.
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: No.
  • Limitations: The HMC is for the exclusive use of the HMC application. Customer applications cannot reside on the HMC. TCP/IP is the only supported communication protocol. The HMC supports z13s. It can also be used to support z13, zEC12, zBC12, z196, z114, z10 EC, z10 BC, z9 EC, and z9 BC servers. They must be upgraded to a new AROM level.
  • Field Installable: Yes. Parts removed as a result of feature conversions become the property of IBM.
  • Cable Order: Cables are shipped with the HMC. The Ethernet cables are Category 5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) with an RJ-45 connector on each end.
(#0094) Hardware Management Console Rack Mount

(No longer available as of June 30, 2019)

Feature code #0094 is a 1u Rack Mounted HMC with Rack mounted keyboard/monitor tray. These rack mounted HMC components are 19 inch rack mountable components that can be placed in customer 19 inch racks.

The HMC is a workstation designed to provide a single point of control and single system image for managing local or remote hardware elements. Connectivity is supplied using an Ethernet Local Area Network (LAN) devoted exclusively to accessing the supported local and remote servers. The HMC is designed to support, exclusively, the HMC application. The HMC is supplied with two Ethernet ports capable of operating at 10, 100, or 1000 Mbps. It can act as a primary or alternate HMC.

  • Minimum: In an ensemble, Two; otherwise, none.
  • Maximum: Ten (10), combination of #0091, #0092, #0094, #0095, and #0096.
  • Prerequisites: The rack mount unit is plugged in a customer supplied frame, not the IBM z13s frame, and customer supplied PDUs.
  • Corequisites: None.
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: No.
  • Limitations: The HMC is for the exclusive use of the HMC application. Customer applications cannot reside on the HMC. TCP/IP is the only supported communication protocol. The HMC supports z13s. It can also be used to support z13, zEC12, zBC12, z196, z114, z10 EC, z10 BC, z9 EC and z9 BC servers. They must be upgraded to a new AROM level.
  • Field Installable: Yes. Parts removed as a result of feature conversions become the property of IBM.
  • Cable Order: Cables are shipped with the HMC. The Ethernet cables are Category 5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) with an RJ-45 connector on each end.
(#0095) Hardware Management Console Tower

(No longer available as of June 30, 2019)

The HMC is a workstation designed to provide a single point of control and single system image for managing local or remote hardware elements. Connectivity is supplied using an Ethernet Local Area Network (LAN) devoted exclusively to accessing the supported local and remote server The HMC is designed to support, exclusively, the HMC application. The HMC is supplied with two Ethernet ports capable of operating at 10, 100, or 1000 Mbps. It can act as a primary or alternate HMC.

  • Minimum: In an ensemble, Two; otherwise, none.
  • Maximum: Ten (10), combination of #0091, #0092, #0094, #0095 and #0096.
  • Prerequisites: None.
  • Corequisites: None.
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: No.
  • Limitations: The HMC is for the exclusive use of the HMC application. Customer applications cannot reside on the HMC. TCP/IP is the only supported communication protocol. The HMC supports z13s. It can also be used to support z13, zEC12, zBC12, z196, z114, z10 EC, z10 BC, z9 EC, and z9 BC servers. They must be upgraded to a new AROM level.
  • Field Installable: Yes. Parts removed as a result of feature conversions become the property of IBM.
  • Cable Order: Cables are shipped with the HMC. The Ethernet cables are Category 5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) with an RJ-45 connector on each end.
(#0096) Hardware Management Console Rack Mount

(No longer available as of June 30, 2019)

Feature code 0096 is a new 1u Rack Mounted HMC with Rack mounted keyboard/monitor tray. These rack mounted HMC components are 19 inch rack mountable components that can be placed in customer 19 inch racks.

The HMC is a workstation designed to provide a single point of control and single system image for managing local or remote hardware elements. Connectivity is supplied using an Ethernet Local Area Network (LAN) devoted exclusively to accessing the supported local and remote servers. The HMC is designed to support, exclusively, the HMC application. The HMC is supplied with two Ethernet ports capable of operating at 10, 100, or 1000 Mbps. It can act as a primary or alternate HMC.

  • Minimum: In an ensemble, Two; otherwise None.
  • Maximum: Ten (10), combination of #0091, #0092, #0094, #0095 and #0096.
  • Prerequisites: The rack mount unit is plugged in a customer supplied frame, not the IBM z13s frame, and customer supplied PDUs.
  • Corequisites: None.
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: No.
  • Limitations: The HMC is for the exclusive use of the HMC application. Customer applications cannot reside on the HMC. TCP/IP is the only supported communication protocol. The HMC supports z13s. It can also be used to support z13, zEC12, zBC12, z196, z114, z10 EC, z10 BC, z9 EC and z9 BC servers. They must be upgraded to a new AROM level.
  • Field Installable: Yes. Parts removed as a result of feature conversions become the property of IBM.
  • Cable Order: Cables are shipped with the HMC. The Ethernet cables are Category 5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) with an RJ-45 connector on each end.
(#0097) TKE Rack Mount

(No longer available as of June 30, 2019)

Feature code 0097 is a new 1u Rack Mounted TKE with Rack mounted keyboard/monitor tray. These rack mounted TKE components are 19 inch rack mountable components that can be placed in customer 19 inch racks. A Client provided shelf will be required for any USB SmartCard readers.

The Trusted Key Entry (TKE) workstation is a combination of hardware and software, network-connected to one or more servers, and designed to provide a secure, flexible method for master and operational key entry as well as local and remote management of the cryptographic coprocessor features (Crypto Express5S when defined as a coprocessor). This feature provides basic key management -- key identification, exchange, separation, update, backup, as well as security administration. This feature is optional when used to manage a Crypto Express5S feature that is defined as a Common Cryptographic Architecture (CCA) coprocessor. The TKE workstation has one Ethernet port and supports connectivity to an Ethernet Local Area Network (LAN) operating at 10, 100, or 1000 Mbps.

If Trusted Key Entry is required on an IBM z13s, then a TKE workstation with TKE 8.1 LIC (#0878) must be used. TKE workstations with TKE 8.1 LIC can also be used to control z13, zEC12, zBC12, z196 and z114 servers.

  • Minimum: 0.
  • Maximum: 10, combination of #0097, #0098, and #0847.
  • Prerequisites: CP Assist for Cryptographic Function (#3863), or Crypto Express5S (#0890).
  • Corequisite: TKE 8.1 LIC (#0878) loaded on TKE workstation prior to shipment.
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: No.
  • Limitations: Crypto Express4S (#0865) and Crypto Express3 (#0864) are not supported on IBM z13s.
  • Field Installable: Yes. Parts removed as a result of feature change become the property of IBM.
  • Cable Order: LAN cabling is a customer responsibility. A Category 5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable terminated with RJ-45 connector is required.
(#0098) TKE Tower

(No longer available as of June 30, 2019)

The Trusted Key Entry (TKE) workstation is a combination of hardware and software, network-connected to one or more servers, and designed to provide a secure, flexible method for master and operational key entry as well as local and remote management of the cryptographic coprocessor features (Crypto Express5S when defined as a coprocessor). This feature provides basic key management -- key identification, exchange, separation, update, backup, as well as security administration. This feature is optional when used to manage a Crypto Express5S feature that is defined as a Common Cryptographic Architecture (CCA) coprocessor. The TKE workstation has one Ethernet port and supports connectivity to an Ethernet Local Area Network (LAN) operating at 10, 100, or 1000 Mbps. If Trusted Key Entry is required on an IBM z13s, then a TKE workstation with TKE 8.1 LIC (#0878) must be used. TKE workstations with TKE 8.0 LIC can also be used to control z13, zEC12, zBC12, z196 and z114 servers.

  • Minimum: 0.
  • Maximum: 10, combination of #0097, #0098, and #0847.
  • Prerequisites: CP Assist for Cryptographic Function (#3863), or Crypto Express5S (#0890).
  • Corequisite: TKE 8.1 LIC (#0878) loaded on TKE workstation prior to shipment.
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: No.
  • Limitations: Crypto Express4S (#0865), Crypto Express3 (#0864) are not supported on IBM z13s.
  • Field Installable: Yes. Parts removed as a result of feature change become the property of IBM.
  • Cable Order: LAN cabling is a customer responsibility. A Category 5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable terminated with RJ-45 connector is required.
(#0116) 1 CPE Capacity Unit

(No longer available as of June 30, 2020)

Pricing feature code equal to the remainder of three days multiplied by the number of CPE Capacity Units divided by 100 purchased in a given Capacity for Planned Event record.

  • Minimum: 0.
  • Maximum: 99
  • Prerequisites: None.
  • Corequisites: Capacity for Planned Event (CPE) (#6833)
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: Not applicable.
  • Limitations: None.
  • Field Installable: Yes.
(#0117) 100 CPE Capacity Unit

(No longer available as of June 30, 2020)

Pricing feature equal to the quotient of three days multiplied by the number of CPE Capacity Units purchased in a given pre-paid Capacity for Planned Event record divided by 100.

  • Minimum: 0.
  • Maximum: 99
  • Prerequisites: 1 CPE Capacity Unit (#0116)
  • Corequisites: Capacity for Planned Event (CPE) (#6833)
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: Not applicable.
  • Limitations: None.
  • Field Installable: Yes.
(#0118) 10000 CPE Capacity Unit

(No longer available as of June 30, 2020)

Pricing feature equal to the quotient of three days multiplied by the number of CPE Capacity Units purchased in a given pre-paid Capacity for Planned Event record divided by 10,000.

  • Minimum: 0.
  • Maximum: 250
  • Prerequisites: 100 CPE Capacity Unit (#0117)
  • Corequisites: Capacity for Planned Event (CPE) (#6833)
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: Not applicable.
  • Limitations: None.
  • Field Installable: Yes.
(#0119) 1 CPE Capacity Unit-IFL

(No longer available as of June 30, 2019)

Pricing feature equal to the remainder of the three days multiplied by the number of temporary Integrated Facility for Linux (IFL) features in a given Capacity for Planned event record divided by 100.

  • Minimum: 0.
  • Maximum: 99
  • Prerequisites: None.
  • Corequisites: Capacity for Planned Event (CPE) (#6833)
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: Not applicable.
  • Limitations: None.
  • Field Installable: Yes.
(#0120) 100 CPE Capacity Unit-IFL

(No longer available as of June 30, 2020)

Pricing feature equal to the quotient of three days multiplied by the number of temporary Integrated Facility for Linux (IFL) features in a given Capacity for Planned event record divided by 100.

  • Minimum: 0.
  • Maximum: 250.
  • Prerequisites: 1 CPE Capacity Unit-IFL (#0119)
  • Corequisites: Capacity for Planned Event (CPE) (#6833)
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: Not applicable.
  • Limitations: None.
  • Field Installable: Yes.
(#0121) 1 CPE Capacity Unit-ICF

(No longer available as of June 30, 2020)

Pricing feature equal to the remainder of the three days multiplied by the number of temporary Internal Coupling Facility (ICF) features in a given Capacity for Planned event record divided by 100.

  • Minimum: 0.
  • Maximum: 99
  • Prerequisites: None.
  • Corequisites: Capacity for Planned Event (CPE) (#6833)
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: Not applicable.
  • Limitations: None.
  • Field Installable: Yes.
(#0122) 100 CPE Capacity Unit-ICF

(No longer available as of June 30, 2020)

Pricing feature equal to the quotient of three days multiplied by the number of temporary Internal Coupling Facility (ICF) features in a given Capacity for Planned event record divided by 100.

  • Minimum: 0.
  • Maximum: 250.
  • Prerequisites: 1 CPE Capacity Unit-ICF (#0121).
  • Corequisites: Capacity for Planned Event (CPE) (#6833)
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: Not applicable.
  • Limitations: None.
  • Field Installable: Yes.
(#0125) 1 CPE Capacity Unit-zIIP

(No longer available as of June 30, 2020)

Pricing feature equal to the remainder of the three days multiplied by the number of temporary IBM z Integrated Information Processor (zIIP) features in a given Capacity for Planned event record divided by 100.

  • Minimum: 0.
  • Maximum: 99
  • Prerequisites: None.
  • Corequisites: Capacity for Planned Event (CPE) (#6833)
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: Not applicable.
  • Limitations: None.
  • Field Installable: Yes.
(#0126) 100 CPE Capacity Unit-zIIP

(No longer available as of June 30, 2020)

Pricing feature equal to the quotient of three days multiplied by the number of temporary IBM z Integrated Information Processor (zIIP) features in a given Capacity for Planned event record divided by 100.

  • Minimum: 0.
  • Maximum: 250.
  • Prerequisites: 1 CPE Capacity Unit-zIIP (#0125).
  • Corequisites: Capacity for Planned Event (CPE) (#6833).
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: Not applicable.
  • Limitations: None.
  • Field Installable: Yes.
(#0127) 1 CPE Capacity Unit-SAP

(No longer available as of June 30, 2020)

Pricing feature equal to the remainder of the three days multiplied by the number of temporary System Assist Processor (SAP) features in a given Capacity for Planned event record divided by 100.

  • Minimum: 0.
  • Maximum: 99
  • Prerequisites: None.
  • Corequisites: Capacity for Planned Event (CPE) (#6833).
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: Not applicable.
  • Limitations: None.
  • Field Installable: Yes.
(#0128) 100 CPE Capacity Unit-SAP

(No longer available as of June 30, 2020)

Pricing feature equal to the quotient of three days multiplied by the number of temporary System Assist Processor (SAP) features in a given Capacity for Planned event record divided by 100.

  • Minimum: 0.
  • Maximum: 250.
  • Prerequisites: 1 CPE Capacity Unit-SAP (#0127).
  • Corequisites: Capacity for Planned Event (CPE) (#6833).
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: Not applicable.
  • Limitations: None.
  • Field Installable: Yes.
(#0146) CPC

(No longer available as of June 30, 2019)

  • Minimum: 1.
  • Maximum: 1.
  • Prerequisites: None.
  • Corequisites: None.
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer setup: No.
  • Limitations: None known.
  • Field Installable: Yes. Parts removed as a result of feature conversions become the property of IBM.
  • Cable Order: None.
(#0148) HMC Table Top KMM

Feature code #0148 is a table top Monitor with a keyboard in the language of choice. There is a touchpad for pointing. Included is a country specific power cord.

  • Minimum: Zero
  • Maximum: One per Tower HMC #0082
  • Prerequisites: Tower HMC #0082
  • Corequisites: None.
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: No.
  • Limitations: None.
  • Field Installable: Yes. Parts removed as a result of feature conversions become the property of IBM.
  • Cable Order: Power cord, Video cable, and a USB cable are provided.
(#0152) Mouse

(No longer available as of June 30, 2019)

Feature code #0152 is a USB optical mouse with a finger wheel.

  • Minimum: One per Tower HMC #0095 or Tower TKE #0098.
  • Maximum: One per Tower HMC #0095 or Tower TKE #0098.
  • Prerequisites: Tower HMC or Tower TKE
  • Corequisites: None.
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: No.
  • Limitations: None.
  • Field Installable: Yes. Parts removed as a result of feature conversions become the property of IBM.
  • Cable Order: USB cable is provided and attached.
(#0153) HMC Tower Keyboard

(No longer available as of June 30, 2019)

Feature code #0153 is a USB keyboard, in the language specified.

  • Minimum: One per Tower HMC #0095
  • Maximum: One per Tower HMC. #0095.
  • Prerequisites: Tower HMC #0095.
  • Corequisites: A language selection is required #0235 to #0249.
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: No.
  • Limitations: None.
  • Field Installable: Yes. Parts removed as a result of feature conversions become the property of IBM.
  • Cable Order: USB cable is provided and attached.
(#0154) HMC Rack Keybd/Monitor/Mouse

(No longer available as of June 30, 2019)

Feature code #0154 is a 1u Rack Mounted Display and Keyboard with a built in Track Point. The Keyboard will come in the language specified.

  • Minimum: One per Rack Mounted HMC #0096
  • Maximum: One per Rack Mounted HMC #0096
  • Prequisites: The Rack Mounted HMC #0096
  • Corequisites: A language selection is required #0235 to #0249.
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: No.
  • Limitations: None.
  • Field Installable: Yes. Parts removed as a result of feature conversions become the property of IBM.
  • Cable Order: USB, VGA cable, and Power Jumper is included
(#0155) TKE Tower Keyboard

(No longer available as of June 30, 2019)

Feature code #0155 is a USB keyboard, in the English language.

  • Minimum: One per Tower TKE #0098
  • Maximum: One per Tower TKE #0098.
  • Prerequisites: Tower TKE #0098.
  • Corequisites: None.
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: No.
  • Limitations: None.
  • Field Installable: Yes. Parts removed as a result of feature conversions become the property of IBM.
  • Cable Order: USB cable is provided and attached.
(#0156) TKE Rack Keybd/Monitor/Mouse

(No longer available as of June 30, 2019)

Feature code #0156 is a 1u Rack Mounted Display and Keyboard with a built in Track Point. The Keyboard will come in the English language.

  • Minimum: One per Rack Mounted TKE #0097
  • Maximum: One per Rack Mounted TKE #0097
  • Prequisites: The Rack Mounted TKE #0097
  • Corequisites: None.
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: No.
  • Limitations: None.
  • Field Installable: Yes. Parts removed as a result of feature conversions become the property of IBM.
  • Cable Order: USB, VGA cable, and Power Jumper is included
(#0157) TKE Table Top KMM

Feature code #0157 is a table top Monitor with an US English keyboard #103P. There is a touchpad for pointing. Included is a country specific power cord.

  • Minimum: Zero
  • Maximum: One per Tower TKE #0086
  • Prerequisites: Tower TKE #0086
  • Corequisites: None.
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: No.
  • Limitations: None.
  • Field Installable: Yes. Parts removed as a result of feature conversions become the property of IBM.
  • Cable Order: Power cord, Video cable, and a USB cable are provided.
(#0170) HCA3-O LR fanout for 1x InfiniBand

(No longer available as of June 30, 2019)

The 1x InfiniBand coupling links utilize the Host Channel Adapter3 optical long reach (HCA3-O LR) fanout. This fanout is designed to support single data rate (SDR) at 2.5 gigabits per second (Gbps) or double data rate (DDR) at 5 Gbps.

Note: A link data rate of 2.5 Gbps or 5 Gbps does not represent the actual performance of the link. The speed is auto-negotiated and is determined by the capability of the attached Dense Wavelength Division Multiplexer (DWDM) to which it is attached. The DWDM vendor must be qualified by IBM z Systems.

To access DWDM vendor qualification letters go to:

http://www.ibm.com/servers/resourcelink/
  1. On the left, click on "Library"
  2. In the middle you will see "Hardware products for servers"
  3. Click on "z Systems Qualified Wavelength Division Multiplexer (WDM) products for GDPS solutions"
  4. Click on the vendor of your choice to view the qualification letters

The HCA3-O LR fanout has four ports/links and resides in the processor nest on the front of the central processor complex (CPC) drawer. It is compatible with the HCA2-O LR fanout, which has two ports/links.

1x InfiniBand coupling links complement 12x InfiniBand coupling links and are designed to satisfy extended distance requirements, as well as facilitate a migration from ISC-3 coupling links to InfiniBand coupling links.

1x InfiniBand coupling links can be used for Server Time Protocol (STP) message passing.

  • Minimum: None. Order increment is four ports/links (one HCA3-O LR fanout).
  • Maximum: 16 (64 ports). The maximum number of all HCA3-O LR fanout features is limited to 16 per system.
  • Prerequisites: None.
  • Corequisites: STP enablement (#1021).
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: No.
  • Limitations:
    • An unrepeated distance of 10km (6.2 miles) is supported. Greater distances are supported when attached to an IBM z Systems-qualified optical networking solution.
    • The HCA3-O LR fanout for 1x InfiniBand is offered on z13s, zEC12, zBC12, z196 and z114 servers. The HCA2-O LR fanout for 1x InfiniBand (#0168) is not supported on the z13s. The HCA2-O LR can be ordered on z196 and z114, it can be carried forward only to a zEC12, zBC12, and it can be connected to an HCA3-O LR on a z13s, zEC12, zBC12, z196 or z114.
  • Field Installable: Yes.
  • Cable Order: A customer-supplied cable is required. A 9/125 micrometer single mode fiber optic cable terminated with an LC Duplex connector is required (same connector used with ISC-3). A cable is required for each port on the fanout.

Refer to IBM z Systems Planning for Fiber Optic Links (FICON/FCP, Coupling Links, and Open System Adapters), GA23-1407, and to IBM z Systems Maintenance for Fiber Optic Links (FICON/FCP, Coupling Links, and Open Systems Adapters) SY27-7694 which can be found in the Library section of Resource Link at

http://www.ibm.com/servers/resourcelink

(#0171) HCA3-O fanout for 12x InfiniBand

(No longer available as of June 30, 2019)

The 12x InfiniBand coupling links utilize the Host Channel Adapter3 optical (HCA3-O) fanout. This fanout is designed to support a link data rate of 6 GigaBytes per second (GBps) and is designed to support improved throughput compared to HCA2-O fanout for 12x InfiniBand (#0163).

Note: A link data rate of 6 GBps does not represent the actual performance of the link.

The HCA3-O fanout has two ports/links and resides in the processor nest on the front of the central processor complex (CPC) drawer.

The HCA3-O fanout has two ports/links and resides in the processor nest on the front of the book in the central processor complex (CPC).

12x InfiniBand coupling links complement 1x InfiniBand coupling links and are designed to satisfy short distance requirements, as well as facilitate a migration from ISC-3 coupling links to InfiniBand coupling links.

12x InfiniBand can be used for Server Time Protocol (STP) message passing.

  • Minimum: None. Order increment is two ports/links (one HCA3-O fanout).
  • Maximum: 16 (32 ports). The maximum number of all HCA3-O fanout features is limited to 16 per system.
  • Prerequisites: None.
  • Corequisites: STP enablement (#1021).
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: No.
  • Limitations:
    • Maximum supported distance is 150 meters (492 feet). It cannot be repeated.
  • Field Installable: Yes.
  • Cable Order: A customer-supplied 12x IB-DDR cable is required for each port. The cable is an OM3 50/125 micrometer multimode fiber optic cable with a fiber bandwidth @ wavelength: 2000 MHz-km @ 850 nm. It is a 24-fiber cable with duplex 12x multi-fiber push-on (MPO) connectors. There are 12 fibers for transmit and 12 fibers for receive.

Refer to IBM z Systems Planning for Fiber Optic Links (FICON/FCP, Coupling Links, and Open System Adapters), GA23-1407, and to IBM z Systems Maintenance for Fiber Optic Links (FICON/FCP, Coupling Links, and Open Systems Adapters) SY27-7694 which can be found in the Library section of Resource Link at

http://www.ibm.com/servers/resourcelink

(#0172) IBM Integrated Coupling Adapter (ICA SR) fanout

(No longer available as of June 30, 2019)

The ICA SR, introduced on the z13s platform, is a 2 port fanout used for short distance coupling connectivity and utilizes a new coupling channel type: CS5. It utilizes PCIe Gen3 technology, with x16 lanes that are bifurcated into x8 lanes for coupling. The ICA SR is designed to drive distances up to 150m and support a link data rate of 8 GigaBytes per second (GBps).

Note: A link data rate of 8 GBps does not represent the actual performance of the link. The ICA SR is designed to support up to 4 CHPIDs per port and 7 buffers (i.e. subchannels) per CHPID. The ICA SR fanout resides in the PCIe I/O slot on the z13s CPC drawer. The ICA SR can only be used for coupling connectivity between z13 and z13s CPCs. Also, the ICA SR cannot be connected to HCA3-O or HCA3-O LR coupling fanouts. The ICA SR fanout requires new cabling. See cabling information provided below. The z13s supports 10 PCIe I/O slots per CPC drawer which can be used for ICA SR coupling or connectivity to the PCIe I/O drawer in the I/O subsystem. The ICA SR is only compatible with another ICA SR. IBM recommends that you order ICA SR features (#0172) on the IBM z13s processors used in a Parallel Sysplex to help ensure coupling compatibility with future processor generations.

  • Minimum: None. Order increment is two links/ports.
  • Maximum: IBM z13: 20 (40 ports). The maximum number of all ICA SR fanout features is limited to 20 per z13 system. IBM z13s: 8 (16 ports). The maximum number of all ICA SR fanout features is limited to 8 per z13s system.
  • Prerequisites: For z13 with greater than 16 ICA SR fanouts, driver 27 is a prerequisite.
  • Corequisites: STP enablement (#1021).
  • Compatibility Conflicts: Only compatible with another ICA SR.
  • Customer Setup: No.
  • Limitations:
    • Maximum supported distance is 150 meters (492 feet). It cannot be repeated.
  • Field Installable: Yes.
  • Cable Order: A customer-supplied 24x MTP-MTP cable is required for each port of the ICA SR fanout. It is single 24-fiber cable with Multi-fiber Termination Push-on (MTP) connectors. Internally, the single cable houses 12 fibers for transmit and 12 fibers for receive. Two fiber type options are available with specifications supporting different distances for the ICA SR:
    • 150m: OM4 50/125 micrometer multimode fiber optic cable with a fiber bandwidth @ wavelength: 4.7 GHz-km @ 850 nm.
    • 100m: OM3 50/125 micrometer multimode fiber optic cable with a fiber bandwidth @ wavelength: 2.0 GHz-km @ 850 nm.

Refer to IBM z Systems Planning for Fiber Optic Links (FICON/FCP, Coupling Links, and Open System Adapters), GA23-1407 GA23-0367, and to IBM z13s Installation Manual for Physical Planning (IMPP), GC28-6938, which can be found in the Library section of Resource Link at

http://www.ibm.com/servers/resourcelink

(#0186) Client Must Provide Mouse

(No longer available as of June 30, 2019)

Feature code #0186 is a non-selectable feature code. If instructed by IBM to de-select feature code #0152, due to import restrictions, then #0186 is added to the order to inform the client that they must provide a USB optical mouse with a finger wheel.

  • Minimum: None.
  • Maximum: One per Tower HMC #0095 or Tower TKE #0098.
  • Prerequisites: Tower HMC #0095 or Tower TKE #0098.
  • Corequisites: None.
  • Compatibility Conflicts: Mouse #0152.
  • Customer Setup: No.
  • Limitations: None.
  • Field Installable: N/A.
  • Cable Order: N/A.
(#0187) Client Must Provide HMC Tower KeyBd

(No longer available as of June 30, 2019)

Feature code #0187 is a non-selectable feature code. If instructed by IBM to de-select feature code #0153, due to import restrictions, then #0187 is added to the order to inform the client that they must provide a USB Keyboard in the proper language.

  • Minimum: None.
  • Maximum: One per Tower HMC. #0095.
  • Prerequisites: Tower HMC #0095.
  • Corequisites: None.
  • Compatibility Conflicts: HMC Tower Keyboard #0153
  • Customer Setup: No.
  • Limitations: None.
  • Field Installable: N/A.
  • Cable Order: N/A.
(#0188) Client Must Provide HMC KMM

(No longer available as of June 30, 2019)

Feature code #0188 is a non-selectable feature code. If instructed by IBM to de-select feature code #0154, due to import restrictions, then #0188 is added to the order to inform the client that they must provide a 1u Rack Mounted Monitor and Keyboard with a built in pointing device. The Keyboard must be in the proper language. Both the keyboard and pointing device must be USB and have a proper cable to reach the HMC. The Monitor must be VGA. Its cable must have a male DB9/15 connector and also reach the HMC.

  • Minimum: None.
  • Maximum: One per Rack Mounted HMC #0096
  • Prequisites: The Rack Mounted HMC #0096
  • Corequisites: None.
  • Compatibility Conflicts: HMC Rack Keybd/Monitor/Mouse #0154.
  • Customer Setup: No.
  • Limitations: None.
  • Field Installable: N/A.
  • Cable Order: N/A.
(#0189) Client Must ProvideTKE Tower KeyBd

(No longer available as of June 30, 2019)

Feature code #0189 is a non-selectable feature code. If instructed by IBM to de-select feature code #0155, due to import restrictions, then #0189 is added to the order to inform the client that they must provide a USB Keyboard in the US English language.

  • Minimum: None.
  • Maximum: One per Tower TKE #0098.
  • Prerequisites: Tower TKE #0098.
  • Corequisites: None.
  • Compatibility Conflicts: TKE Tower Keyboard #0155
  • Customer Setup: No.
  • Limitations: None.
  • Field Installable: N/A.
  • Cable Order: N/A.
(#0190) Client Must Provide TKE KMM

(No longer available as of June 30, 2019)

Feature code #0190 is a non-selectable feature code. If instructed by IBM to de-select feature code #0156, due to import restrictions, then #0190 is added to the order to inform the client that they must provide a 1u Rack Mounted Monitor and Keyboard with a built in pointing device. The Keyboard must be in the US English language. Both the keyboard and pointing device must be USB and have a proper cable to reach the TKE. The Monitor must be VGA. Its cable must have a male DB9/15 connector and also reach the TKE.

  • Minimum: None.
  • Maximum: One per Rack Mounted TKE #0097
  • Prequisites: The Rack Mounted TKE #0097
  • Corequisites: None.
  • Compatibility Conflicts: TKE Rack Keybd/Monitor/Mouse #0156
  • Customer Setup: No.
  • Limitations: None.
  • Field Installable: N/A.
  • Cable Order: N/A.
(#0191) Client Must Provide Display

(No longer available as of June 30, 2019)

Feature code #0191 is a non-selectable feature code. If instructed by IBM to de-select feature code #6096, due to import restrictions, then #0191 is added to the order to inform the client that they must provide a Table Top Display. The Display must be VGA. Its cable must have a male DB9/15 connector and reach the HMC or TKE.

  • Minimum: None.
  • Maximum: One per Tower HMC #0095 or Tower TKE #0098.
  • Prequisites: The Tower HMC #0095 or Tower TKE #0098.
  • Corequisites: None.
  • Compatibility Conflicts: Display #6096
  • Customer Setup: No.
  • Limitations: None.
  • Field Installable: N/A.
  • Cable Order: N/A.
(#0402 and #0403) Flash Express

(No longer available as of June 30, 2019)

This feature resides exclusively in the PCIe I/O drawer (#4032). The Flash Express feature is designed to allow each logical partition to be configured with its own storage class memory (SCM) address space. It is designed to be used for paging - 1 MB large pages can become pagable. Flash express can also be used for coupling facilities to provide capacity and availability advantages for Websphere MQ Shared Queues.

Included is hardware encryption. For key management a smart card is plugged into the Support Element (SE).

The Flash Express card, internal solid state disk (SSD), has been designed to help improve platform resilience and processor performance with a capacity of 1.4 TB of storage per pair. Flash Express has been designed to assist with the handling of increased workload demand that might occur at the opening of the business day, or in the event of a workload shift from one server to another.

  • Minimum: None or two.
  • Maximum: Eight (4 pairs). Installed in pairs.
  • Prerequisites: None.
  • Corequisites: Data security is insured through a unique key, stored on the Support Element (SE) hard drive. It is mirrored for redundancy. Data on the Flash Express feature is protected with this key and is only usable on the system with the key that encrypted it. The Secure Key Store is implemented using a smart card installed in the SE. The smart card (one pair -one for each SE) contains both a unique key personalized for each machine, and a small Crypto engine that can perform a limited set of security functions within the smart card.
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: No.
  • Limitations: None known.
  • Field Installable: Yes. Parts removed as a result of feature conversions become the property of IBM.
  • Cable Order: Connected in pairs by two cables which are provided.
(#0409) FICON Express8S 10KM LX

(No longer available as of June 30, 2019)

This feature resides exclusively in the PCIe I/O drawer (#4032). The FICON Express8S 10KM LX (long wavelength) feature conforms to the Fibre Connection (FICON) architecture, the High Performance FICON for z Systems (zHPF) architecture, and the Fibre Channel Protocol (FCP) architecture (supporting attachment to SCSI devices), providing connectivity between a combination of servers, directors, switches, and devices (control units, disk, tape, printers) in a storage area network (SAN).

Each of the two independent ports/channels is capable of 2 gigabits per second (Gbps), 4 Gbps, or 8 Gbps depending upon the capability of the attached switch or device. The link speed is autonegotiated, point-to-point, and is transparent to users and applications. Each of the channels utilizes a small form factor pluggable (SFP) optic and is designed to be individually repaired without affecting the other channels.

FICON Express8S 10KM LX (CHPID type FC or FCP) can be defined as a spanned channel and can be shared among logical partitions and across logical channel subsystems.

The FICON Express8S 10KM LX feature also supports cascading (the connection of two FICON Directors in succession) to minimize the number of cross-site connections and help reduce implementation costs for disaster recovery applications, GDPS, and remote copy.

Each FICON Express8S 10KM LX channel can be defined independently, for connectivity to servers, switches, directors, disks, tapes, and printers as:

  1. CHPID type FC - FICON, High Performance FICON for z Systems (zHPF), and FICON Channel-to-Channel (CTC). FICON, FICON CTC, and zHPF protocols are supported simultaneously.

  2. CHPID type FCP - Fibre Channel Protocol which supports attachment to SCSI devices directly or through Fibre Channel switches or directors.

The FICON Express8S 10KM LX feature utilizes a long wavelength (LX) laser as the optical transceiver and supports use of a 9 micron single mode fiber optic cable terminated with an LC Duplex connector. LX may also be referred to as LW by vendors.

  • Minimum: None. At least one I/O feature (FICON) or coupling link feature (12x InfiniBand, 1x InfiniBand) must be present in a server.
  • Maximum: 64 features (128 channels) in PCIe I/O drawer (#4032).
  • Prerequisites: None.
  • Corequisites: None.
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known. Ensure the attaching/downstream device has a long wavelength (LX) transceiver. The sending and receiving transceivers must be the same (LX-to-LX).
  • Customer Setup: No.
  • Limitations:
    • Can only be installed in PCIe I/O drawer (#4032).
    • The FICON Express8S 10KM LX feature does not support FICON Bridge (CHPID type FCV).
    • The FICON Express8S 10KM LX feature does not support autonegotiation to 1 Gbps.
    • The FICON Express8S 10KM LX feature is designed to support distances up to 10 kilometers (6.2 miles) over 9 micron single mode fiber optic cabling without performance degradation. To avoid performance degradation at extended distance, FICON switches or directors for buffer credit provisioning may be required.
  • Field Installable: Yes.
  • Cable Order: A customer-supplied cable is required. A 9 micron single mode fiber optic cable terminated with an LC Duplex connector is required for connecting this feature to the selected device.
(#0410) FICON Express8S SX

(No longer available as of June 30, 2019)

This feature resides exclusively in the PCIe I/O drawer (#4032). The FICON Express8S SX (short wavelength) feature conforms to the Fibre Connection (FICON) architecture, the High Performance FICON for z Systems (zHPF) architecture, and the Fibre Channel Protocol (FCP) architecture (supporting attachment to SCSI devices), providing connectivity between a combination of servers, directors, switches, and devices (control units, disk, tape, printers) in a storage area network (SAN).

Each of the two independent ports/channels is capable of 2 gigabits per second (Gbps), 4 Gbps, or 8 Gbps depending upon the capability of the attached switch or device. The link speed is autonegotiated, point-to-point, and is transparent to users and applications. Each of the channels utilizes a small form factor pluggable (SFP) optic and is designed to be individually repaired without affecting the other channels. FICON Express8S SX (CHPID type FC or FCP) can be defined as a spanned channel and can be shared among logical partitions and across logical channel subsystems.

The FICON Express8S SX feature also supports cascading (the connection of two FICON Directors in succession) to minimize the number of cross-site connections and help reduce implementation costs for disaster recovery applications, GDPS, and remote copy.

Each FICON Express8S SX channel can be defined independently for connectivity to servers, switches, directors, disks, tapes, and printers as:

  1. CHPID type FC - FICON, High Performance FICON for z Systems (zHPF), and FICON Channel-to-Channel (CTC). FICON, FICON CTC, and zHPF protocols are supported simultaneously.

  2. CHPID type FCP - Fibre Channel Protocol which supports attachment to SCSI devices directly or through Fibre Channel switches or directors.

The FICON Express8S SX feature utilizes a short wavelength (SX) laser as the optical transceiver, and supports use of a 50 micron multimode fiber optic cable or a 62.5 micron multimode fiber optic cable terminated with an LC Duplex connector.

Note: IBM does not support a mix of 50 and 62.5 micron fiber optic cabling in the same link. SX may also be referred to as SW by vendors.

  • Minimum: None. At least one I/O feature (FICON) or coupling link feature (12x InfiniBand, 1x InfiniBand) must be present in a server.
  • Maximum: 64 features (128 channels) in PCIe I/O drawer (#4032).
  • Prerequisites: None.
  • Corequisites: None.
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known. Ensure the attaching/downstream device has a short wavelength (SX) transceiver. The sending and receiving transceivers must be the same (SX to SX).
  • Customer Setup: No.
  • Limitations:
    • Can only be installed in PCIe I/O drawer (#4032).
    • The FICON Express8S SX feature does not support FICON Bridge (CHPID type FCV).
    • The FICON Express8S SX feature does not support autonegotiation to 1 Gbps.
    • To avoid performance degradation at extended distance, FICON switches or directors for buffer credit provisioning may be required.
    • For unrepeated distances for FICON Express8S SX refer to IBM z Systems Planning for Fiber Optic Links (FICON/FCP, Coupling Links, and Open System Adapters), GA23-1407 Library section of Resource Link.

http://www.ibm.com/servers/resourcelink

  • Field Installable: Yes.
  • Cable Order: A customer-supplied cable is required. A 50 or a 62.5 micron multimode fiber optic cable terminated with an LC Duplex connector is required for connecting each port on this feature to the selected device.
(#0411) 10GbE RoCE Express

(No longer available as of June 30, 2019)

10GbE RoCE Express provides a new natively attached PCIe I/O drawer based Ethernet feature that supports 10 Gbps Converged Enhanced Ethernet (CEE) and RDMA over CEE (RoCE). The RoCE feature, in conjunction with an OSA feature, enables shared memory communications between two CPCs using a shared switch. The RoCE feature will also be exploited by Linux on z Systems for applications that are coded to the native RoCE verb interface or use Ethernet (such as TCP/IP). This native exploitation does not require a peer OSA.

Single Root I/O Virtualization (SR-IOV) for 10 GbE RoCE allows a PCIe device to appear to be multiple separate physical PCIe devices. The SR-IOV specification is an industry standard specification to help promote virtualization. This provides the ability for that PCIe device to present multiple instances of itself up to the OS instance or hypervisor. RoCE continues to support SMC-R for zOS to zOS communication or for Linux for z Systems to Linux for z Systems communication. The 10GbE RoCE Express feature can be shared by up to 31 LPARs.

  • Minimum: 0.
  • Maximum: 16. Orderable by ports, in increments of 2, up to 32 ports (16 features).
  • Prerequisites: Requires the presence of an IFP processor.
  • Corequisites: None.
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: No.
  • Limitations:
  • Field Installable: Yes.
  • Cable Order:
(#0413) OSA-Express5S GbE LX

(No longer available as of June 30, 2019)

The OSA-Express5S Gigabit Ethernet (GbE) long wavelength (LX) feature has one PCIe adapter and two ports. The two ports share one channel path identifier (CHPID type OSD exclusively - TCP/IP, Layer 2, Layer 3 traffic). The ports support attachment to a one gigabit per second (Gbps) Ethernet Local Area Network (LAN). Each port can be defined as a spanned channel and can be shared among logical partitions and across logical channel subsystems.

  • Minimum: 0.
  • Maximum: 48 features; any mix of OSA-Express5S and OSA-Express4S features.
  • Prerequisites: None.
  • Corequisites: PCIe I/O drawer (#4032).
  • Compatibility Conflicts: The OSA-Express5S GbE LX feature supports use of an LC Duplex connector. Ensure the attaching or downstream device has a long wavelength (LX) transciever. The sending and receiving transceivers must be the same (LX-to-LX).
  • Customer Setup: No.
  • Limitations: CHPID type OSN (OSA-Express for NCP) is not supported on the OSA-Express5S GbE LX feature.
  • Field Installable: Yes.
  • Cable Order: A customer-supplied cable is required. A 9 micron single mode fiber optic cable terminated with an LC Duplex connector
(#0414) OSA-Express5S GbE SX

(No longer available as of June 30, 2019)

The OSA-Express5S Gigabit Ethernet (GbE) short wavelength (SX) feature has one PCIe adapter and two ports. The two ports share one channel path identifier (CHPID type OSD exclusively - TCP/IP, Layer 2, Layer 3 traffic). The ports support attachment to a one gigabit per second (Gbps) Ethernet Local Area Network (LAN). Each port can be defined as a spanned channel and can be shared among logical partitions and across logical channel subsystems.

  • Minimum: 0.
  • Maximum: 48 features; any mix of OSA-Express5S and OSA-Express4S features.
  • Prerequisites: None.
  • Corequisites: PCIe I/O drawer (#4032).
  • Compatibility Conflicts: The OSA-Express5S GbE SX feature supports use of an LC Duplex connector. Ensure the attaching or downstream device has a short wavelength (SX) transceiver. The sending and receiving transceivers must be the same (SX-to-SX).
  • Customer Setup: No.
  • Limitations: CHPID type OSN (OSA-Express for NCP) is not supported on OSA-Express5S GbE SX feature.
  • Field Installable:
(#0415) OSA-Express5S 10 GbE LR

(No longer available as of June 30, 2019)

The OSA-Express5S 10 Gigabit Ethernet (GbE) long reach (LR) feature has one PCIe adapter and one port per feature. The port supports channel path identifier (CHPID) types OSD (TCP/IP, Layer 2, Layer 3 traffic), and OSX (intraensemble data network - IEDN). The 10 GbE feature is designed to support attachment to a single mode fiber 10 Gigabit per second (Gbps) Ethernet Local Area Network (LAN) or Ethernet switch capable of 10 Gbps. The port can be defined as a spanned channel and can be shared among logical partitions within and across logical channel subsystems.

  • Minimum: 0.
  • Maximum: 48 features; any mix of OSA-Express5S and OSA-Express4S features.
  • Prerequisites: None.
  • Corequisites: PCIe I/O drawer (#4032).
  • Compatibility Conflicts: The OSA-Express5S 10 GbE LR feature supports use of an industry standard small form factor LC Duplex connector. Ensure the attaching or downstream device has a long reach (LR) transceiver. The sending and receiving transceivers must be the same (LR-to-LR).
  • Customer Setup: No.
  • Limitations:
    • Can only be installed in PCIe I/O drawer (#4032).
    • When defined as CHPID type OSX, the 10 GbE port provides connectivity and access control to the intraensemble data network (IEDN) from a zEC12, zBC12, z196, or z114 to an IBM z BladeCenter Extension (zBX).
  • Field Installable: Yes.
  • Cable Order: A customer-supplied cable is required. A 9 micron single mode fiber optic cable terminated with an LC Duplex connector is required for connecting this feature to the selected device.
(#0416) OSA-Express5S 10 GbE SR

(No longer available as of June 30, 2019)

The OSA-Express5S 10 Gigabit Ethernet (GbE) short reach (SR) feature has one PCIe adapter and one port per feature. The port supports channel path identifier (CHPID) types OSD and OSX. The 10 GbE feature is designed to support attachment to a multimode fiber 10 gigabits per second (Gbps) Ethernet Local Area Network (LAN) or Ethernet switch capable of 10 Gbps. The port can be defined as a spanned channel and can be shared among logical partitions within and across logical channel subsystems.

  • Minimum: None.
  • Maximum: 48 features; any mix of OSA-Express5S and OSA-Express4S features.
  • Prerequisites: None.
  • Corequisites: PCIe I/O drawer (#4032).
  • Compatibility Conflicts: The OSA-Express5S 10 GbE SR feature supports use of an industry standard small form factor LC Duplex connector. Ensure the attaching or downstream device has a short reach (SR) transceiver. The sending and receiving transceivers must be the same (SR-to-SR).
  • Customer Setup: No.
  • Limitations: When defined as CHPID type OSX, the 10 GbE port provides connectivity and access control to the intraensemble data network (IEDN) from a zEC12, zBC12, z196, or z114 to an IBM z BladeCenter Extension (zBX).
  • Field Installable: Yes.
  • Cable order: A customer-supplied cable is required. A 50 or a 62.5 micron multimode fiber optic cable terminated with an LC Duplex connector is required for connecting each port on this feature to the selected device.
(#0417) OSA-Express5S 1000BASE-T

(No longer available as of June 30, 2019)

The OSA-Express5S 1000BASE-T Ethernet feature has one PCIe adapter and two ports. The two ports share one channel path identifier (CHPID). The following CHPIDs are supported:

  1. OSC (TN3270E and non-SNA DFT)
  2. OSD (TCP/IP, Layer 2, Layer 3 traffic)
  3. OSE (SNA/APPN/HPR traffic and TCP/IP passthru)
  4. OSM (intranode management network - INMN)
  5. OSN (OSA-Express for NCP)

Each port supports attachment to either a 100BASE-TX (100 Mbps) or 1000BASE-T (1000 Mbps or 1 Gbps) Ethernet Local Area Network (LAN). The feature supports autonegotiation and automatically adjusts to 100, or 1000 Mbps, depending upon the LAN. When the feature is set to autonegotiate, the target device must also be set to autonegotiate. The feature supports 100 Mbps or 1000 Mbps (1 Gbps) full duplex. It can be defined as a spanned channel and can be shared among LPARs within and across LCSSs.

When configured at 1 Gbps, the 1000BASE-T Ethernet feature supports jumbo frames when in QDIO mode (CHPID type OSD).

  • Minimum: None.
  • Maximum: 48 features; any mix of OSA-Express5S and OSA-Express4S features.
  • Prerequisites: None.
  • Corequisites: PCIe I/O drawer (#4032).
  • Compatibility Conflicts: When the OSA-Express5S feature is set to autonegotiate, the target device must also be set to autonegotiate. Both ends must match (autonegotiate on or off).
  • Customer Setup: No.
  • Limitations:
    • The 1000BASE-T feature supports auto-negotiation to 100 or 1000 Mbps exclusively.
    • The 1000BASE-T feature supports full-duplex operation exclusively.
    • For CHPID type OSN supporting the Network Control Program (NCP) and the channel data link control (CDLC) protocol note that none of the ports are used for external communication. OSA-Express for NCP does not use ports. All communication is LPAR-to-LPAR.
    • Using CHPID type OSM - OSA-Express for Unified Resource Manager, provides connectivity to the intranode management network (INMN) from z13s to Unified Resource Manager functions.
  • Field Installable: Yes.
  • Cable Order: A customer-supplied cable is required. The OSA-Express5S 1000BASE-T Ethernet feature supports use of an EIA/TIA Category 5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable terminated with an RJ-45 connector with a maximum length of 100 meters (328 feet). Note: No cable is required when a port is defined as CHPID type OSN.
(#0418) FICON Express16S LX

(No longer available as of June 30, 2019)

This feature resides exclusively in the PCIe I/O drawer (#4032). The FICON Express16S 10KM LX (long wavelength) feature conforms to the Fibre Connection (FICON) architecture, the High Performance FICON for z Systems (zHPF) architecture, and the Fibre Channel Protocol (FCP) architecture (supporting attachment to SCSI devices), providing connectivity between a combination of servers, directors, switches, and devices (control units, disk, tape, printers) in a storage area network (SAN). Each of the two independent ports/channels is capable of 4 gigabits per second (Gbps), 8 Gbps, or 16 Gbps depending upon the capability of the attached switch or device. The link speed is autonegotiated, point-to-point, and is transparent to users and applications. Each of the channels utilizes a small form factor pluggable (SFP) optic and is designed to be individually repaired without affecting the other channels.

FICON Express16S 10KM LX (CHPID type FC or FCP) can be defined as a spanned channel and can be shared among logical partitions and across logical channel subsystems. The FICON Express16S 10KM LX feature also supports cascading (the connection of two FICON Directors in succession) to minimize the number of cross-site connections and help reduce implementation costs for disaster recovery applications, GDPS, and remote copy. Each FICON Express16S 10KM LX channel can be defined independently, for connectivity to servers, switches, directors, disks, tapes, and printers as:

  1. CHPID type FC - FICON, High Performance FICON for z Systems (zHPF), and FICON Channel-to-Channel (CTC). FICON, FICON CTC, and zHPF protocols are supported simultaneously.

  2. CHPID type FCP - Fibre Channel Protocol which supports attachment to SCSI devices directly or through Fibre Channel switches or directors.

The FICON Express16S 10KM LX feature utilizes a long wavelength (LX) laser as the optical transceiver and supports use of a 9 micron single mode fiber optic cable terminated with an LC Duplex connector. LX may also be referred to as LW by vendors.

  • Minimum: None. At least one I/O feature (FICON) or coupling link feature (12x InfiniBand, 1x InfiniBand) must be present in a server.
  • Maximum: 64 features (128 channels) in PCIe I/O drawer (#4032).
  • Prerequisites: None.
  • Corequisites: None.
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known. Ensure the attaching/downstream device has a long wavelength (LX) transceiver. The sending and receiving transceivers must be the same (LX-to-LX).
  • Customer Setup: No.
  • Limitations:
    • Can only be installed in PCIe I/O drawer (#4032).
    • The FICON Express16S 10KM LX feature does not support FICON Bridge (CHPID type FCV).
    • The FICON Express16S 10KM LX feature does not support autonegotiatio to 1 Gbps.
    • The FICON Express16S 10KM LX feature is designed to support distances up to 10 kilometers (6.2 miles) over 9 micron single mode fiber optic cabling without performance degradation. To avoid performance degradation at extended distance, FICON switches or directors for buffer credit provisioning may be required.
  • Field Installable: Yes.
  • Cable Order: A customer-supplied cable is required. A 9 micron single mode fiber optic cable terminated with an LC Duplex connector is required for connecting this feature to the selected device.
(#0419) FICON Express16S SX

(No longer available as of June 30, 2019)

This feature resides exclusively in the PCIe I/O drawer (#4032). The FICON Express16S SX (short wavelength) feature conforms to the Fibre Connection (FICON) architecture, the High Performance FICON for z Systems (zHPF) architecture, and the Fibre Channel Protocol (FCP) architecture (supporting attachment to SCSI devices), providing connectivity between a combination of servers, directors, switches, and devices (control units, disk, tape, printers) in a storage area network (SAN).

Each of the two independent ports/channels is capable of 4 gigabits per second (Gbps), 8 Gbps, or 16 Gbps depending upon the capability of the attached switch or device. The link speed is autonegotiated, point-to-point, and is transparent to users and applications. Each of the channels utilizes a small form factor pluggable (SFP) optic and is designed to be individually repaired without affecting the other channels. FICON Express16S SX (CHPID type FC or FCP) can be defined as a spanned channel and can be shared among logical partitions and across logical channel subsystems.

The FICON Express16S SX feature also supports cascading (the connection of two FICON Directors in succession) to minimize the number of cross-site connections and help reduce implementation costs for disaster recovery applications, GDPS, and remote copy.

Each FICON Express16S SX channel can be defined independently for connectivity to servers, switches, directors, disks, tapes, and printers as:

  1. CHPID type FC - FICON, High Performance FICON for z Systems (zHPF), and FICON Channel-to-Channel (CTC). FICON, FICON CTC, and zHPF protocols are supported simultaneously.

  2. CHPID type FCP - Fibre Channel Protocol which supports attachment to SCSI devices directly or through Fibre Channel switches or directors.

The FICON Express16S SX feature utilizes a short wavelength (SX) laser as the optical transceiver, and supports use of a 50 micron multimode fiber optic cable or a 62.5 micron multimode fiber optic cable terminated with an LC Duplex connector. Note: IBM does not support a mix of 50 and 62.5 micron fiber optic cabling in the same link. SX may also be referred to as SW by vendors.

  • Minimum: None. At least one I/O feature (FICON) or coupling link feature (12x InfiniBand, 1x InfiniBand) must be present in a server.
  • Maximum: 64 features (128 channels) in PCIe I/O drawer (#4032).
  • Prerequisites: None.
  • Corequisites: None.
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known. Ensure the attaching/downstream device has a short wavelength (SX) transceiver. The sending and receiving transceivers must be the same (SX to SX).
  • Customer Setup: No.
  • Limitations:
    • Can only be installed in PCIe I/O drawer (#4032).
    • The FICON Express8S SX feature does not support FICON Bridge (CHPID type FCV).
    • The FICON Express8S SX feature does not support autonegotiation to 1 Gbps.
    • To avoid performance degradation at extended distance, FICON switches or directors for buffer credit provisioning may be required.
    • For unrepeated distances for FICON Express8S SX refer to IBM z Systems Planning for Fiber Optic Links (FICON/FCP, Coupling Links, and Open System Adapters), GA23-1407 available in the Library section of Resource Link: http://www.ibm.com/servers/resourcelink
  • Field Installable: Yes.
  • Cable Order: A customer-supplied cable is required. A 50 or a 62.5 micron multimode fiber optic cable terminated with an LC Duplex connector is required for connecting each port on this feature to the selected device.
(#0420) zEDC Express

(No longer available as of June 30, 2019)

The IBM zEnterprise Data Compression (zEDC) acceleration capability in z/OS and the zEDC Express feature are designed to help improve cross-platform data exchange, reduce CPU consumption, and save disk space. There is one PCIe adapter/compression coprocessor per feature. The zEDC Express feature can be shared by up to 15 LPARs.

  • Minimum: None or one. A minimum of two is recommended.
  • Maximum: 8 (eight).
  • Prerequisites: Requires the presence of an IFP processor.
  • Corequisites: PCIe I/O drawer (#4032) and zEDC for z/OS feature.
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: No.
  • Limitations: Up to two zEDC Express features per domain (PCIe Interconnect Gen3 (#0401) in the PCIe I/O drawer (#4032)).
  • Field Installable: Yes. Parts removed as a result of feature conversions become the property IBM.
  • Cable Order: None.
(#0847) TKE workstation

(No longer available as of June 30, 2019)

The Trusted Key Entry (TKE) workstation is a combination of hardware and software, network-connected to one or more servers, and designed to provide a secure, flexible method for master and operational key entry as well as local and remote management of the cryptographic coprocessor features (Crypto Express5S when defined as a coprocessor). This feature provides basic key management -- key identification, exchange, separation, update, backup, as well as security administration. This feature is optional when used to manage a Crypto Express5S feature that is defined as a Common Cryptographic Architecture (CCA) coprocessor. The TKE workstation has one Ethernet port and supports connectivity to an Ethernet Local Area Network (LAN) operating at 10, 100, or 1000 Mbps.

If Trusted Key Entry is required on an IBM z13s, then a TKE workstation with TKE 8.1 LIC (#0878) must be used. TKE workstations with TKE 8.1 LIC can also be used to control z13, zEC12, zBC12, z196 and z114 servers.

  • Minimum: 0.
  • Maximum: 10, combination of #0097, #0098, and #0847.
  • Prerequisites: CP Assist for Cryptographic Function (#3863), or Crypto Express5S (#0890).
  • Corequisite: TKE 8.1 LIC (#0878) loaded on TKE workstation prior to shipment.
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: No.
  • Limitations: Crypto Express4S (#0865) is not supported on IBM z13s.
  • Field Installable: Yes. Parts removed as a result of feature change become the property of IBM.
  • Cable Order: LAN cabling is a customer responsibility. A Category 5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable terminated with RJ-45 connector is required.
(#0848) 32GB USB Backup Media

(No longer available as of June 30, 2019)

An optional feature which will provide additional backup coverage for configurations which require additional coverage.

  • Minimum: 0.
  • Maximum: 99.
  • Prerequisites: None.
  • Corequisites: None.
  • Compatibility Conflicts:
  • Customer Setup: No.
  • Limitations: None known.
  • Field Installable: Yes.
(#0878) TKE 8.1 LIC

(No longer available as of June 30, 2020)

The Trusted Key Entry (TKE) 8.1 level of Licensed Internal Code (LIC) is installed in a TKE workstation (#0847). TKE 8.1 LIC is a no-charge enablement feature which is loaded prior to shipment when a TKE workstation is ordered. The TKE 8.1 LIC includes support for the Smart Card Reader (#0885 or #0891).

  • Minimum: 0.
  • Maximum: 10.
  • Prerequisites: TKE workstation (#0847 or the equivalent, which is #0842 + #0894), TKE Rack Mount (#0097), and TKE Tower (#0098).
  • Corequisites: CPACF (#3863) or Crypto Express5S (#0890)
  • Compatibility Conflicts: TKE workstations with TKE 8.1 LIC can also be used to control IBM z13s, z13, zEC12, and zBC12, z196 servers.
  • Customer Setup: No.
  • Limitations: None.
  • Field Installable: Yes. Parts removed as a result of feature change become the property of IBM.
(#0890) Crypto Express5S

(No longer available as of June 30, 2019)

The Crypto Express5S feature is designed to satisfy IBM z Systems server security requirements. It contains one PCIe adapter which can be configured as a coprocessor supporting secure key transactions or as an accelerator for Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) operations. This feature can be configured, via the Service Element (SE) panels, in one of three ways: as an IBM Common Cryptographic Architecture (CCA) coprocessor, as an IBM Enterprise PKCS #11 (EP11) coprocessor, or as an accelerator.

The tamper-resistant hardware security module, which is contained on the Crypto Express5S feature, is certified to conform to the Federal Information Processing Standard (FIPS) 140-2 Level 4 Certification. It supports User Defined Extension (UDX) services to implement cryptographic functions and algorithms (when defined as an IBM CCA coprocessor).

  • Minimum: None or two. An initial order is two features, one thereafter.
  • Maximum: 16.
  • Prerequisites: CP Assist for Cryptographic Function (CPACF) (#3863).
  • Corequisites: TKE workstation (#0847) is optional when used to manage a Crypto Express5S feature that is defined as a CCA coprocessor but is mandatory when used to manage a Crypto Express5S feature that is defined as an EP11 coprocessor (EP11 also requires a smartcard reader plus smart cards with FIPS certification), TKE Rack Mount (#0097), and TKE Tower (#0098).
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: No.
  • Limitations: None.
  • Field Installable: Yes. Parts removed as a result of feature change become the property of IBM.
  • Cable Order: None.
(#0891) TKE Smart Card Reader

(No longer available as of June 30, 2019)

The TKE Smart Card Reader feature supports the use of smart cards, which resemble a credit card in size and shape, but contain an embedded microprocessor, and associated memory for data storage. Access to and the use of confidential data on the smart cards is protected by a user-defined Personal Identification Number (PIN). This feature is optional when used with the TKE workstation to manage a Crypto Express5S feature that is defined as a Common Cryptographic Architecture (CCA) coprocessor. This feature is required when used with the TKE workstation to manage a Crypto Express5S feature that is defined as an IBM Enterprise PKCS #11 (EP11) coprocessor.

The TKE 8.1 level of LIC allows the storing of the following on smart cards:

  • CCA master and operational key parts
  • Crypto Adapter Logon keys - keys used to sign onto the TKE workstation when using smart card profiles
  • Authority Signature Key - key associated with an authority index on a Crypto Express feature
  • EP11 master key material and administrator certificates
  • Migration zones - used in the process of migrating data from one feature to another

One (1) feature includes two Smart Card Readers, two cables to connect to the TKE 8.1 workstation, and 20 smart cards.

  • Minimum: 0.
  • Maximum: 20.
  • Prerequisites: CP Assist for Cryptographic Function (#3863) or Crypto Express5S (#0890).
  • Corequisites: TKE workstation (#0847) with 8.1 level of LIC (#0878) for secure key parts entry and Crypto hardware management or ISPF panels for clear key entry and Crypto hardware management. If EP11 is to be defined, smart cards used require FIPS certification, TKE Rack Mount (#0097), and TKE Tower (#0098).
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: No.
  • Limitations: None.
  • Field Installable: Yes.
  • Cable Order: None. External cables to connect two Smart Card Readers to the TKE workstation are shipped with the feature.
(#0892) TKE additional smart cards

(No longer available as of June 30, 2019)

These are Java-based smart cards which provide a highly efficient cryptographic and data management application built-in to read-only memory for storage of keys, certificates, passwords, applications, and data. These cards are FIPS certified to conform to the Federal Information Processing Standard (FIPS) 140-2 Level 4 Certification

  • Minimum: None. Order increment is one. When one is ordered a quantity of 10 smart cards are shipped.
  • Maximum: 99 (990 blank Smart Cards).
  • Prerequisites: CP Assist for Cryptographic Function (#3863) or Crypto Express5S (#0890).
  • Corequisites: TKE workstation (# 0847) with 8.1 level of LIC (#0878) for secure key parts entry and cryptographic hardware management or ISPF panels for clear key entry and cryptographic hardware management, and TKE Smart Card Reader (#0885 or 0891), TKE Rack Mount (#0097), and TKE Tower (#0098).
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: No.
  • Limitations: None.
  • Field Installable: Yes.
  • Cable Order: Not applicable.
(#0894) 4767 TKE Crypto Adapter

(No longer available as of June 30, 2019)

For customers who are carrying forward TKE workstation #0842 and converting #0842 to the new TKE workstation, #0847.

  • Minimum: 0.
  • Maximum: 10.
  • Prerequisites: #0842.
  • Corequisites: #0878.
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: No.
  • Limitations: None known.
  • Field Installable: Yes. Parts removed as a result of feature conversions become the property of IBM.
  • Cable Order: None.
(#0901) Regional Crypto Enablement (RCE) Vendor 1

(No longer available as of June 30, 2019)

IBM is now enabling geography specific cryptographic support that will be supplied by regional vendor(s). China is the first geography to support this feature to meet the cryptography requirements of both the Chinese government and markets in support of the People's Bank of China Financial IC Card Specifications (PBOC 3.0) for payment card processing. This feature reserves the I/O slot(s) for the regional vendor's cryptographic card. Due to US Export Regulation, the regional vendor cryptographic card must be procured directly from the vendor, not IBM. The vendor will sell hardware and software solution directly to the customer.

  • Minimum: 0.
  • Maximum: 16.
  • Prerequisites: LPAR definition for vendor application.
  • Corequisite: None.
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: No.
  • Limitations: Yes. Regional Crypto Enablement (RCE) is not supported on IBM z Systems running in IBM Dynamic Partition Manager (DPM) mode.
  • Field Installable: Yes.
(#1012) IBM zAware 2pack

(No Longer Available as of June 30, 2017)

Represents the quantity of client/host IBM zAware 2-packs supported on IBM z13s.

  • Minimum: None.
  • Maximum: One.
  • Prerequisites: None.
  • Corequisites: IBM zAware (#0011).
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: No.
  • Limitations: None known.
  • Field Installable: Yes.
  • Cable Order: None.
(#1017) IBM zAware DR 2pack

(No Longer Available as of June 30, 2017)

Represents the quantity of client/host IBM zAware 2-packs supported on a IBM z13s Disaster Recovery server.

  • Minimum: None.
  • Maximum: One.
  • Prerequisites: None.
  • Corequisites: IBM zAware (#0011).
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: No.
  • Limitations: None known.
  • Field Installable: Yes.
  • Cable Order: None.
(#1013) IBM zAware 4pack

(No Longer Available as of June 30, 2017)

Represents the quantity of client/host IBM zAware 4-packs supported on IBM z13s.

  • Minimum: None.
  • Maximum: One.
  • Prerequisites: None.
  • Corequisites: IBM zAware (#0011).
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: No.
  • Limitations: None known.
  • Field Installable: Yes.
  • Cable Order: None.
(#1018) IBM zAware DR 4pack

(No Longer Available as of June 30, 2017)

Represents the quantity of client/host IBM zAware 4-packs supported on a IBM z13s Disaster Recovery server.

  • Minimum: None.
  • Maximum: One.
  • Prerequisites: None.
  • Corequisites: IBM zAware (#0011).
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: No.
  • Limitations: None known.
  • Field Installable: Yes.
  • Cable Order: None.
(#1014) IBM zAware 6pack

(No Longer Available as of June 30, 2017)

Represents the quantity of client/host IBM zAware 6-packs supported on IBM z13s.

  • Minimum: None.
  • Maximum: One.
  • Prerequisites: None.
  • Corequisites: IBM zAware (#0011).
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: No.
  • Limitations: None known.
  • Field Installable: Yes.
  • Cable Order: None.
(#1019) IBM zAware DR 6pack

(No Longer Available as of June 30, 2017)

Represents the quantity of client/host IBM zAware 6-packs supported on a IBM z13s Disaster Recovery server.

  • Minimum: None.
  • Maximum: One.
  • Prerequisites: None.
  • Corequisites: IBM zAware (#0011).
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: No.
  • Limitations: None known.
  • Field Installable: Yes.
  • Cable Order: None.
(#1015) IBM zAware 10pack

(No Longer Available as of June 30, 2017)

Represents the quantity of client/host IBM zAware 10-packs supported on IBM z13s.

  • Minimum: None.
  • Maximum: 122.
  • Prerequisites: None.
  • Corequisites: IBM zAware (#0011).
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: No.
  • Limitations: None known.
  • Field Installable: Yes.
  • Cable Order: None.
(#0120) IBM zAware DR 10pack

(No Longer Available as of June 30, 2017)

Represents the quantity of client/host IBM zAware 10-packs supported on a IBM z13s Disaster Recovery server.

  • Minimum: None.
  • Maximum: 122.
  • Prerequisites: None.
  • Corequisites: IBM zAware (#0011).
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: No.
  • Limitations: None known.
  • Field Installable: Yes.
  • Cable Order: None.
(#1021) STP enablement

(No longer available as of June 30, 2020)

Time synchronization and time accuracy: If you require time synchronization across multiple servers (for example you have a Parallel Sysplex) or you require time accuracy either for one or more IBM z Systems servers or you require the same time across heterogeneous platforms (z Systems, Unix, AIX, etc) you can meet these requirements by implementing Server Time Protocol (STP).

Server Time Protocol is a server-wide facility that is implemented in the Licensed Internal Code (LIC) and presents a single view of time to Processor Resource/Systems Manager (PR/SM). STP uses a message-based protocol in which timekeeping information is passed over 12x InfiniBand or 1x InfiniBand coupling links.

  • Minimum: 0.
  • Maximum: 1.
  • Prerequisites: None.
  • Corequisites: For STP message passing either (#0170) HCA3-O LR fanout for 1x InfiniBand or (#0171) HCA3-O fanout for 12x InfiniBand or (#0172) IBM Integrated Coupling Adapter (ICA SR) fanout
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: No.
  • Limitations: None known.
  • Field Installable: Yes. Delivered in vital product data (VPD) enablement media. Parts removed as a result of feature conversions become the property of IBM.
  • Cable Order: None.
(#1750) Licensed Internal Code (LIC) ship using Net Indicator

(No longer available as of June 30, 2020)

This indicator flag is added to orders that are Licensed Internal Code (LIC) only and delivered by web tools. No hardware is shipped. The flag is generated by the system and is not orderable.

Memory: Capacity Increments, Carry Forward, and Feature Converted Memory for z13s (MT 2965)

Function                Feature Code             Feature Code
                                                 Description
----------------------- ------------------------ -----------------------
Used for pricing memory 1887                     3x 16GB Capacity Incr
when active memory is
being increased at
least 3x
1888                    3x 8GB Capacity Incr
1889                    3x 8GB Carry Forward
Used for pricing memory 1890                     Mega 16GB Capacity Incr
when active memory is
being increased to at
least 984GB as part of
an initial upgrade to
MT 2965.
1891                    Mega 8GB Capacity Incr
1892                    Mega 8GB Carry Forward
Used for pricing memory 1899                     16GB Memory Capacity
incremental memory                               Incr
1903                    8GB Memory Capacity Incr
Used for pricing memory 1904                     8GB FTR Converted
carried forward from an                          Memory
existing system as part
of an upgrade
(#1924) Integrated Facility for Linux (IFL)

(No longer available as of June 30, 2020)

Processor Unit (PU) characterization option. The IFL is a Processor Unit that is purchased and activated for exclusive use of Linux on IBM z13s.

  • Minimum: 0.
  • Maximum: 20.
  • Prerequisites: None.
  • Corequisites: None.
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Field Installable: Yes.
(#1925) Internal Coupling Facility (ICF)

(No longer available as of June 30, 2020)

Processor Unit (PU) characterization option. The ICF is a Processor Unit purchased and activated for exclusive use by the Coupling Facility Control Code (CFCC).

  • Minimum: 0.
  • Maximum: 20.
  • Prerequisites: None.
  • Corequisites: None.
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Field Installable: Yes.
(#1926) System Assist Processor (SAP), optional

(No longer available as of June 30, 2020)

Processor Unit (PU) characterization option. The purpose of the SAP feature is to designate PUs to be used specifically for assisting I/O operations. The optional SAP is a PU that is purchased and activated for use as a SAP. This optional SAP is a chargeable feature for IBM z13s.

  • Minimum: 0.
  • Maximum: 3.
  • Prerequisites: TBD
  • Corequisites: None.
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Field Installable: Yes.
(#1927) IBM z Integrated Information Processor (zIIP)

(No longer available as of June 30, 2020)

Processor Unit (PU) characterization option. The zIIP is a Processor Unit purchased and activated to accept eligible work: IPSec encryption, HiperSockets, XML, ISV, some DB2, z/OS Global Mirror, IBM GBS Scalable Architecture for Financial Reporting.

  • Minimum: 0.
  • Maximum: 12.
  • Prerequisites: For every 2 zIIPs installed there must be a corresponding CP permanently purchased and installed.
  • Corequisites: None.
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: No.
  • Limitations: None known.
  • Field Installable: Yes.
(#1928) Unassigned Integrated Facility for Linux (IFL)

(No longer available as of June 30, 2020)

Processor Unit characterization option. An unassigned IFL is a Processor Unit purchased for future use as an IFL (#1919). It is offline and available for use on IBM z13s.

  • Minimum: 0.
  • Maximum: 19.
  • Prerequisites: TBD
  • Corequisites: None.
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Field Installable: Yes.
(#1993) 8GB PrePlanned Memory

(No longer available as of June 30, 2020)

Preplanned Memory provides the ability to plan for non-disruptive memory upgrades. The hardware required is pre-plugged based on a target capacity specified by the customer. This pre-plugged hardware will be enabled via a LICCC order placed by the customer when he has determined additional memory capacity is needed. The maximum amount of Preplanned Memory capacity is 2 TBs.

  • Minimum: 0.
  • Maximum: 250.
  • Prerequisites: None.
  • Corequisites: None.
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: No.
  • Limitations: None known.
  • Field Installable: Yes. Parts removed as a result of feature conversions become the property of IBM.
  • Cable Order: None.
(#1996) 16GB PrePlanned Memory

(No longer available as of June 30, 2020)

Preplanned Memory provides the ability to plan for non-disruptive memory upgrades. The hardware required is pre-plugged based on a target capacity specified by the customer. This pre-plugged hardware will be enabled via a LICCC order placed by the customer when he has determined additional memory capacity is needed. The maximum amount of Preplanned Memory capacity is 2 TBs.

  • Minimum: 0.
  • Maximum: 125.
  • Prerequisites: None.
  • Corequisites: None.
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: No.
  • Limitations: None known.
  • Field Installable: Yes. Parts removed as a result of feature conversions become the property of IBM.
  • Cable Order: None.
(#3003) Balanced Power Plan Ahead

(No longer available as of June 30, 2019)

Phase currents are minimized when they are balanced among the three input phases. Balanced Power Plan Ahead is designed to allow you to order the full complement of bulk power regulators (BPRs) on any configuration, to help ensure that the configuration will be in a balanced power environment.

  • Minimum: 0.
  • Maximum: 1.
  • Prerequisites: None.
  • Corequisites: May require additional internal battery features (#3214) and line cords. Configuration tool will determine. Second set of line cords is a corequisite.
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: No.
  • Limitations: None known.
  • Field Installable: Yes. It is disruptive.
  • Cable Order: None.
(#3215) Internal Battery (IBF)

(No longer available as of June 30, 2019)

The IBF is the internal battery backup feature offered on a z13s. When selected, the actual number of IBFs is determined based on the power requirements and model. The batteries are installed in pairs.

  • Minimum: 0 or one pair.
  • Maximum: Three pairs.
  • Prerequisites: None.
  • Corequisites: None.
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: No.
  • Limitations: None known.
  • Field Installable: Yes.
(#3103) Universal lift tool upgr kit

(No longer available as of June 30, 2019)

This feature supplies new rails to permit CPC drawers to slide in/out of the z13s frame when carrying forward feature code #3759 from z196, z114, zEC12, or zBC12 systems.

  • Minimum: 0.
  • Maximum: 1.
  • Prerequisites: #3759.
  • Corequisites: None.
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: No.
  • Limitations: None known.
  • Field Installable: Yes. Parts removed as a result of feature conversions become the property of IBM.
  • Cable Order: None.
(#3105) Universal lift tool/ladder

(No longer available as of June 30, 2019)

This feature supplies the full kit required for the service of z13s systems. It includes new rails to permit CPC drawers to slide in/out of the z13s frame.

  • Minimum: 0.
  • Maximum: 1.
  • Prerequisites: None.
  • Corequisites: None.
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: No.
  • Limitations: None known.
  • Field Installable: Yes. One #3105 is required per site. Two #3105 are recommended for larger sites. Parts removed as a result of feature conversions become the property of IBM.
  • Cable Order: None.
(#3863) CP Assist for Cryptographic Function (CPACF) enablement

(No longer available as of June 30, 2020)

CPACF, supporting clear and protected key encryption, is activated using the no-charge enablement feature (#3863). For every Processor Unit defined as a Central Processor (CP) or an Integrated Facility for Linux (IFL) it offers the following

  • For data privacy and confidentially: Data Encryption Standard (DES), Triple Data Encryption Standard (TDES), Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) for 128-bit, 192-bit and 256-bit keys,
  • For data integrity: Secure Hash Algorithm-1 (SHA-1) 160-bit, and SHA-2 for 224-, 256-, 384-and 512-bit support. SHA-1 and SHA-2 are shipped enabled on all IBM z13s's and do not require the no-charge enablement feature.
  • For key generation: Pseudo Random Number Generation (PRNG), Random Number Generation Long (RNGL) - 1 byte to 8192 bytes, Random Number Generation Long (RNG) with up to 4096-bit key RSA support
  • For message authentication code (MAC): Single-key MAC, Double-key MAC

For new servers, shipped from the factory, CPACF enablement (#3863) is loaded prior to shipment. For other than new shipments, Licensed Internal Code is shipped by an enablement diskette. The function is enabled using the Support Element (SE).

  • Minimum: 0.
  • Maximum: 1.
  • Prerequisites: None.
  • Corequisite: Crypto Express5S (#0890).
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: No.
  • Limitations: None.
  • Field Installable: Yes.
(#4000) I/O drawer

The I/O drawer is a physical resource used to house I/O cards in support of the storage area network (FICON Express8). The I/O drawer contains 8 I/O slots; 4 I/O slots in the front, and 4 I/O slots in the rear.

The number of I/O drawers is automatically determined by the number of features carried forward on an upgrade (Frame Roll MES only).

  • Minimum: 0.
  • Maximum: 1.
  • Prerequisites: FICON Express8 cards carried forward.
  • Corequisites: None.
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: No.
  • Limitations: If configuring >1 TB LPAR, this feature must be removed.
  • Field Installable: Yes. Parts removed become the property of IBM.
  • Cable Order: Cables for I/O features are a customer responsibility.
(#4032) PCIe I/O drawer

(No longer available as of June 30, 2019)

The Peripheral Component Interconnect Express (PCIe) I/O drawer is a physical resource used to house I/O cards in support of cryptography (Crypto Express5S), storage class memory (Flash Express), the storage area network (FICON Express8S or FICON Express16S),the Ethernet local area network (OSA-Express4S, OSA-Express5S and 10GbE RoCE Express), and zEDC Express. The PCIe I/O drawer contains 32 I/O slots; 16 I/O slot in the front and 16 I/O slots in the rear. The number of PCIe I/O drawers is automatically determined by the number of Crypto Express5S, Flash Express, FICON Express8S, FICON Express16S, OSA-Express4S, OSA-Express5S, RoCE Express, or zEDC Express features ordered.

  • Minimum: 0.
  • Maximum: 2.
  • Prerequisites: None.
  • Corequisites: None.
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: No.
  • Limitations: Determined by the number of #4000 present.
  • Field Installable: Yes. Parts removed become the property of IBM.
  • Cable Order: Cables for I/O features are a customer responsibility.
(#6096) Flat-panel display

(No longer available as of June 30, 2019)

The display offers the benefits of a flat-panel monitor including improved use of space and reduced energy consumption compared to CRT monitors.

  • Minimum: 0.
  • Maximum: Ten (10).
  • Prerequisites: HMC #0092, #0095, #0098, and #0847
  • Corequisites: None.
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: No.
  • Limitations: None.
  • Field Installable: Yes. Parts removed as a result of feature conversion become the property of IBM.
  • Cable Order: None.
(#6805) Additional CBU Test

(No longer available as of June 30, 2025)

An additional test activation that can be purchased with each CBU temporary entitlement record. There can be no more than 15 tests per CBU TER.

  • Minimum: 0.
  • Maximum: 15 per each instance of #6818, Capacity back up, CBU.
  • Prerequisites: Capacity back up (#6818).
  • Corequisites: None.
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: No.
  • Limitations: None.
  • Field Installable: Yes.
(#6817) Capacity back up (CBU) years

(No longer available as of June 30, 2020)

Used to set the expiration date of a Capacity back up (CBU) temporary entitlement record.

  • Minimum: 0.
  • Maximum: Five (5).
  • Prerequisites: Capacity back up (#6818).
  • Corequisites: None.
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: Not applicable.
  • Limitations: None.
  • Field Installable: Yes.
(#6818) Capacity back up (CBU) records ordered

(No longer available as of June 30, 2020)

This feature code corresponds to the number of different CBU Temporary Entitlement Records (TERs) ordered. Each CBU TER contains configuration data corresponding to the number of years, number of tests, and various engine types.

  • Minimum: 0.
  • Maximum: Eight (8) per ordering session.
  • Prerequisites: None.
  • Corequisites: CBU Authorization (#9910).
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: The CBU TER must be installed using the HMC Configuration Manager before it can be activated.
  • Limitations: None.
  • Field Installable: Yes.
(#6820) Single CBU CP-year

(No longer available as of June 30, 2020)

Pricing feature equal to the number of CBU years multiplied by the number of temporary CP capacity features, if less than 25 or the remainder after dividing by 25.

  • Minimum: 0.
  • Maximum: 24.
  • Prerequisites: Capacity back up (#6818).
  • Corequisites: None.
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: No.
  • Limitations: None.
  • Field Installable: Yes.
(#6821) 25 CBU CP-year

(No longer available as of June 30, 2020)

Pricing feature equal to the quotient of the number of CBU years multiplied by the temporary Central Processor (CP) capacity features divided by 25.

  • Minimum: 0.
  • Maximum: 250.
  • Prerequisites: Capacity back up (#6818).
  • Corequisites: None.
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: No.
  • Limitations: None.
  • Field Installable: Yes.
(#6822) Single CBU IFL Year

(No longer available as of June 30, 2020)

Pricing feature equal to the number of CBU years multiplied by the number of temporary IFL features, if less than 25 or the remainder after dividing by 25.

  • Minimum: 0.
  • Maximum: 24.
  • Prerequisites: Capacity back up (#6818).
  • Corequisites: None.
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: No.
  • Limitations: None.
  • Field Installable: Yes.
(#6823) 25 CBU IFL-Year

(No longer available as of June 30, 2020)

Pricing feature equal to the quotient of the number of CBU years multiplied by the number of temporary IFL features divided by 25.

  • Minimum: 0.
  • Maximum: 250.
  • Prerequisites: Capacity back up (#6818).
  • Corequisites: None.
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: No.
  • Limitations: None.
  • Field Installable: Yes.
(#6824) Single CBU ICF-Year

(No longer available as of June 30, 2020)

Pricing feature equal to the number of CBU years multiplied by the number of temporary ICF features, if less than 25 or the remainder after dividing by 25.

  • Minimum: 0.
  • Maximum: 24.
  • Prerequisites: Capacity back up (#6818).
  • Corequisites: None.
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: No.
  • Limitations: None.
  • Field Installable: Yes.
(#6825) 25 CBU ICF-Year

(No longer available as of June 30, 2020)

Pricing feature equal to the quotient of the number of CBU years multiplied by the number of temporary Internal Coupling Facility (ICF) features divided by 25.

  • Minimum: 0.
  • Maximum: 250.
  • Prerequisites: Capacity back up (#6818).
  • Corequisites: None.
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: No.
  • Limitations: None.
  • Field Installable: Yes.
(#6828) Single CBU zIIP-Year

(No longer available as of June 30, 2020)

Pricing feature equal to the number of CBU years multiplied by the number of temporary zIIP features, if less than 25 or the remainder after dividing by 25.

  • Minimum: 0.
  • Maximum: 24.
  • Prerequisites: Capacity back up (#6818).
  • Corequisites: None.
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: No.
  • Limitations: None.
  • Field Installable: Yes.
(#6829) 25 CBU zIIP-Year

(No longer available as of June 30, 2020)

Pricing feature equal to the quotient of the number of CBU years multiplied by the number of temporary zIIP features divided by 25.

  • Minimum: 0.
  • Maximum: 250.
  • Prerequisites: Capacity back up (#6818).
  • Corequisites: None.
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: No.
  • Limitations: None.
  • Field Installable: Yes.
(#6830) Single CBU SAP-Year

(No longer available as of June 30, 2020)

Pricing feature equal to the number of CBU years multiplied by the number of temporary SAP features, if less than 25 or the remainder after dividing by 25.

  • Minimum: 0.
  • Maximum: 24.
  • Prerequisites: Capacity back up (#6818).
  • Corequisites: None.
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: No.
  • Limitations: None.
  • Field Installable: Yes.
(#6831) 25 CBU SAP-Year

(No longer available as of June 30, 2020)

Pricing feature equal to the quotient of the number of CBU years multiplied by the number of temporary System Assist Processor (SAP) features divided by 25.

  • Minimum: 0.
  • Maximum: 250.
  • Prerequisites: Capacity back up (#6818).
  • Corequisites: None.
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: No.
  • Limitations: None.
  • Field Installable: Yes.
(#6832) CBU Replenishment

(No longer available as of June 30, 2025)

This feature is used to restore the ability to activate a CBU TER. Each CBU TER comes with a default of one activation. An activation enables the resources required for disaster recovery. After an activation, no subsequent activations nor any additional testing of this CBU TER can occur until this feature is ordered.

  • Minimum: 0.
  • Maximum: 1.
  • Prerequisites: Capacity back up (#6818).
  • Corequisites: None.
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: No.
  • Limitations: None.
  • Field Installable: Yes.
(#6833) Capacity for Planned Event (CPE)

(No longer available as of June 30, 2020)

This feature code corresponds to the number of different CPE Temporary Entitlement Records (TERs) ordered.

  • Minimum: 0.
  • Maximum: Eight (8) per ordering session.
  • Prerequisites: None.
  • Corequisites: CPE authorization (#9912).
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: The CPE TER must be installed using the HMC Configuration Manager before it can be activated.
  • Limitations: None.
  • Field Installable: Yes.
(#7932, #7933) Fiber Quick Connect

(No longer available as of June 30, 2019)

The Fiber Quick Connect (FQC) features, bracket and mounting hardware (#7929) and LC Duplex 6.6 feet (2 meter) harnesses (#7930), are optional features for factory installation of the IBM Fiber Transport System (FTS) fiber harnesses for connection to FICON LX channels (#3325, #0409 or #0418) in an I/O drawer, or PCIe I/O drawer. Fiber Quick Connect is for factory installation only, and is available on new servers and on initial upgrades to z13s. FQC is not available as an MES to an existing z13s. Each direct-attach fiber harness connects to six FICON LX channels at one end and one coupler in a multi-terminated push-on connector (MTP) coupler bracket at the opposite end.

When FQC is ordered, the configuration tool selects the required number of MTP mounting brackets and mounting hardware based upon the FICON LX feature quantity.

Note: FQC supports all of the FICON LX channels. FQC cannot be ordered for selected channels.

(#7920) Top exit I/O cabling

(No longer available as of June 30, 2019)

This description is for information purposes only. When top exit I/O cabling is selected on an order, the required infrastructure is provided. Frame extensions are added to each corner of the system with this option. Routing of cabling from I/O drawers or PCIe I/O drawers will exit out the top of the frame (either the "A" or the "Z" frame). Top exit I/O cabling applies to all of your fiber optic cables (FICON Express, OSA-Express, 12x InfiniBand, and 1x InfiniBand) as well as your copper cables for the OSA-Express 1000BASE-T Ethernet features.

Top exit I/O cabling is designed to provide you with an additional option. Instead of all of your cabling exiting under the server and/or under the raised floor, you now have the flexibility to choose the option that best meets the requirements of your data center. Top exit I/O cabling can also help to increase air flow.

In a raised floor environment, if Top exit I/O cabling (#7942) is selected, the power cord selection can be top exit or bottom exit. In a non-raised floor environment, if Top exit I/O cabling is selected then a top exit I/O power cord must also be selected as these are co-requisites with the non-raised floor option (#7998).

  • Minimum: 0.
  • Maximum: 1.
  • Prerequisites: None.
  • Corequisites: None.
  • Compatibility Conflicts: Cannot coexist with side covers (#7921).
  • Customer Setup: No.
  • Limitations:
    • This feature, #7920, is mutually exclusive with the Side Cover feature (#7921).
  • Field Installable: Yes. Parts removed as a result of feature conversions become the property of IBM.
  • Cable Order: Cabling is a customer responsibility.
(#7921) Side covers

(No longer available as of June 30, 2019)

Supplies a set of 2 side covers required for IBM z13s.

  • Minimum: 0.
  • Maximum: 1.
  • Prerequisites: None.
  • Corequisites: None.
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: No.
  • Limitations: Mutually exclusive with #7920 and #7998.
  • Field Installable: Yes. Parts removed as a result of feature conversions become the property of IBM.
  • Cable Order: None.
(#7998) Non-Raised Floor Support

(No longer available as of June 30, 2019)

  • Minimum: 0.
  • Maximum: 1. (for a two-frame system)
  • Corequisites: Top exit I/O cabling (#7920) and a top exit power cord.
  • Limitations:
    • Not supported in Taiwan.
  • Field Installable: Yes. Parts removed as a result of feature conversions become the property of IBM.
(#8021) 4-in-1 Bolt Down Kit

(No longer available as of June 30, 2019)

This feature applies to a raised-floor environment. This feature supplies the kit of parts that is designed to help secure the frames and their contents from damage when exposed to vibrations and shocks such as those in a seismic event. Beyond the bolt down function, this kit also includes internal system structural reinforcement that should be installed in earthquake susceptible locations or high shock environments to reduce damage inside the system in the case of an external earthquake or shock event.

The server equipped with this kit is CERTIFIED for seismic applications in accordance with the following codes and standards: CBC 2013, IBC 2012, ICC-ES AC-156 2012, ASCE 7-10 Seismic Qualification Testing.

The kit includes hardware to cover all four floor depth options, 6 to 9 inches (15 to 23 cm), 9 to 13 inches (23 to 33 cm) 12 to 22 inches (30 to 56 cm), and 12 to 36 inches (30 to 91 cm).

  • Minimum: 0.
  • Maximum: 1. (for a two-frame system)
  • Prerequisites: None.
  • Corequisites: None.
  • Compatibility Conflicts: Mutually exclusive with features 7998 and 8022
  • Customer Setup: No.
  • Limitations: None known.
  • Field Installable: Yes. Parts removed as a result of feature conversions become the property of IBM.
(#8022) Bolt-Down Kit, non-raised floor (NRF)

(No longer available as of June 30, 2019)

This feature supplies the kit of parts that are designed to help secure the frames and its contents from damage when exposed to vibrations and shocks such as those in a seismic event. Beyond the bolt down function, this kit also includes internal system structural reinforcement that should be installed in earthquake susceptible locations or high shock environments to reduce damage inside the system in the case of an external earthquake or shock event.

The server equipped with this kit is CERTIFIED for seismic applications in accordance with the following codes and standards: CBC 2013, IBC 2012, ICC-ES AC-156 2012, ASCE 7-10 Seismic Qualification Testing.

The kit includes hardware to cover all four floor depth options, 6 to 9 inches (15 to 23 cm), 9 to 13 inches (23 to 33 cm) 12 to 22 inches (30 to 56 cm), and 12 to 36 inches (30 to 91 cm)

  • Minimum: 0.
  • Maximum: 1. (for a two-frame system)
  • Corequisites: Non-raised floor support (#7998).
  • Compatibility Conflicts: Mutually exclusive with feature 8021.
  • Field Installable: Yes. Parts removed as a result of feature conversions become the property of IBM.
(#9896) On/Off CoD Authorization

(No longer available as of June 30, 2020)

This feature is ordered to enable the ordering of On/Off Capacity on Demand (On/Off CoD) through Resource Link.

  • Minimum: 0.
  • Maximum: 1.
  • Prerequisites: On-Line Capacity on Demand (#9900).
  • Corequisites: None.
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: Not applicable.
  • Limitations: None.
  • Field Installable: Yes.
(#9898) Permanent Upgrade authorization

(No longer available as of June 30, 2020)

This feature is ordered to enable the ordering of Licensed Internal Code Configuration Control (LICCC) enabled, permanent capacity upgrades through Resource Link.

  • Minimum: 0.
  • Maximum: 1.
  • Prerequisites: On-Line Capacity on Demand (#9900).
  • Corequisites: None.
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: Not applicable.
  • Limitations: None.
  • Field Installable: Yes.
(#9900) On-Line Capacity on Demand (CoD) Buying

(No longer available as of June 30, 2020)

This feature is ordered to enable purchasing either permanent capacity upgrades or temporary capacity upgrades through Resource Link.

  • Minimum: 0.
  • Maximum: 1.
  • Prerequisites: None.
  • Corequisites: None.
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: Not applicable.
  • Limitations: None.
  • Field Installable: Yes.
(#9910) CBU Authorization

(No longer available as of June 30, 2020)

This feature enables the purchase of Capacity back up (CBU). This feature is generated when Capacity back up (#6818) is ordered, or it can be ordered by itself. This feature along with On Line Capacity on Demand (#9900) is required to order CBU through Resource Link.

  • Minimum: 0.
  • Maximum: 1.
  • Prerequisites: None.
  • Corequisites: Capacity back up (#6818).
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Field Installable: Yes.
(#9912) CPE Authorization

(No longer available as of June 30, 2020)

This feature is ordered to enable the purchase of Capacity for Planned Event (CPE). This feature is generated when Capacity for Planned Event (#6833) is ordered. This feature along with On Line Capacity on Demand (#9900) is required to order CPE through Resource Link.

  • Minimum: 0.
  • Maximum: 1.
  • Prerequisites: None.
  • Corequisites: Capacity for Planned Event (#6833).
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: Not applicable.
  • Limitations: None.
  • Field Installable: Yes.
(#9917) 1 MSU-day

(No longer available as of June 30, 2020)

Pricing feature used to facilitate the billing of On/Off Capacity on Demand (On/Off CoD) temporary Central Processor (CP) resource tokens purchased through Resource Link. Million Service Unit (MSU)

  • Minimum: 0.
  • Maximum: 99.
  • Prerequisites: On-Line Capacity on Demand Buying (#9900).
  • Corequisites: None.
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: Not applicable.
  • Limitations: None.
  • Field Installable: Yes.
(#9918) 100 MSU-days

(No longer available as of June 30, 2020)

Pricing feature used to facilitate the billing of On/Off Capacity on Demand (On/Off CoD) temporary CP resource tokens purchased through Resource Link.

  • Minimum: 0.
  • Maximum: 99.
  • Prerequisites: On-Line Capacity on Demand Buying (#9900).
  • Corequisites: 1 MSU-day (#9917)
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: Not applicable.
  • Limitations: None.
  • Field Installable: Yes.
(#9919) 10,000 MSU-days

(No longer available as of June 30, 2020)

Pricing feature used to facilitate the billing of On/Off Capacity on Demand (On/Off CoD) temporary CP resource tokens purchased through Resource Link.

  • Minimum: 0.
  • Maximum: 250.
  • Prerequisites: On-Line Capacity on Demand Buying (#9900).
  • Corequisites: 1 MSU-day (#9917), 100 MSU-days (#9918)
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: Not applicable.
  • Limitations: None.
  • Field Installable: Yes.
(#9920) 1 IFL-day

(No longer available as of June 30, 2020)

Pricing feature used to facilitate the billing of On/Off Capacity on Demand (On/Off CoD) temporary Integrated Facility for Linux (IFL) resource tokens purchased through Resource Link.

  • Minimum: 0.
  • Maximum: 99.
  • Prerequisites: On-Line Capacity on Demand Buying (#9900).
  • Corequisites: None.
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: Not applicable.
  • Limitations: None.
  • Field Installable: Yes.
(#9921) 100 IFL-days

(No longer available as of June 30, 2020)

Pricing feature used to facilitate the billing of On/Off Capacity on Demand (On/Off CoD) temporary IFL resource tokens purchased through Resource Link.

  • Minimum: 0
  • Maximum: 250.
  • Prerequisites: On-Line Capacity on Demand Buying (#9900).
  • Corequisites: 1 IFL-day (#9920)
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: Not applicable.
  • Limitations: None.
  • Field Installable: Yes.
(#9922) 1 ICF-day

(No longer available as of June 30, 2020)

Pricing feature used to facilitate the billing of On/Off Capacity on Demand (On/Off CoD) temporary Internal Coupling Facility (ICF) resource tokens purchased through Resource Link.

  • Minimum: 0.
  • Maximum: 99.
  • Prerequisites: On-Line Capacity on Demand Buying (#9900).
  • Corequisites: None.
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: Not applicable.
  • Limitations: None.
  • Field Installable: Yes.
(#9923) 100 ICF-days

(No longer available as of June 30, 2020)

Pricing feature used to facilitate the billing of On/Off Capacity on Demand (On/Off CoD) temporary ICF resource tokens purchased through Resource Link.

  • Minimum: 0.
  • Maximum: 250.
  • Prerequisites: On-Line Capacity on Demand Buying (#9900).
  • Corequisites: 1 ICF-day (#9921)
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: NA.
  • Limitations: None.
  • Field Installable: Yes.
(#9924) 1 zIIP-day

(No longer available as of June 30, 2020)

Pricing feature used to facilitate the billing of On/Off Capacity on Demand (On/Off CoD) temporary IBM z Integrated Information Processor (zIIP) resource tokens purchased through Resource Link.

  • Minimum: 0.
  • Maximum: 99.
  • Prerequisites: On-Line Capacity on Demand Buying (#9900).
  • Corequisites: None.
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: Not applicable.
  • Limitations: None.
  • Field Installable: Yes.
(#9925) 100 zIIP-days

(No longer available as of June 30, 2020)

Pricing feature used to facilitate the billing of On/Off Capacity on Demand (On/Off CoD) temporary zIIP resource tokens purchased through Resource Link.

  • Minimum: 0.
  • Maximum: 250.
  • Prerequisites: On-Line Capacity on Demand Buying (#9900).
  • Corequisites: 1 zIIP-day (#9924)
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: Not applicable.
  • Limitations: None.
  • Field Installable: Yes.
(#9928) 1 SAP-day

(No longer available as of June 30, 2020)

Pricing feature used to facilitate the billing of On/Off Capacity on Demand (On/Off CoD) temporary System Assist Processor (SAP) resource tokens purchased through Resource Link.

  • Minimum: 0.
  • Maximum: 99.
  • Prerequisites: On-Line Capacity on Demand Buying (#9900).
  • Corequisites: None.
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: Not applicable.
  • Limitations: None.
  • Field Installable: Yes.
(#9929) 100 SAP-days

(No longer available as of June 30, 2020)

Pricing feature used to facilitate the billing of On/Off Capacity on Demand (On/Off CoD) temporary SAP resource tokens purchased through Resource Link.

  • Minimum: 0.
  • Maximum: 250.
  • Prerequisites: On-Line Capacity on Demand Buying (#9900).
  • Corequisites: 1 SAP-day (#9928)
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
  • Customer Setup: Not applicable.
  • Limitations: None.
  • Field Installable: Yes.
(#9975) Height reduction for shipping

(No longer available as of June 30, 2019)

This feature is required if it is necessary to reduce the shipping height of the z Systems server. This feature should be selected only when it has been deemed necessary for delivery clearance purposes. It should be ordered only IF ABSOLUTELY essential. This feature elongates the install time and increases the risk of cabling errors during the install activity.

  • Minimum: 0.
  • Maximum: 1.
  • Prerequisites: None.
  • Corequisites: To ship the return packaging and instructions, one or both feature codes Height reduction for shipping (#9975), Frame height reduction for return (#9976), must be selected. Compatibility Conflicts: None known.
(#9976) Frame height reduction for return

(No longer available as of June 30, 2019)

This is for conversions from a z114 (2818) or a zBC12 (2828) to a z13s (2965) only. The frame height reduction provides the tools and instructions to reduce the height of a z114 or a zBC12 when returned to IBM on an upgrade to a z13s from a z114 or zBC12.

  • Minimum: 0.
  • Maximum: 1.
  • Prerequisites: None.
  • Corequisites: To ship the return packaging and instructions, one or both feature codes Height reduction for shipping (#9975), Frame height reduction for return (#9976), must be selected.
  • Compatibility Conflicts: None known.

Back to topBack to top
 
Accessories

Not applicable.

Customer replacement parts

Not applicable.
Back to topBack to top
 

Supplies

Not applicable.

Supplemental media

Not applicable.

Trademarks

(R), (TM), * Trademark or registered trademark of International Business Machines Corporation.

** Company, product, or service name may be a trademark or service mark of others.

UNIX is a registered trademark in the United States and other countries licensed exclusively through X/Open Company Limited.
 © IBM Corporation 2018.
Back to topBack to top

Contact IBM

Feedback